ROBERT  ERNEST  COWAN 


TORICAL^  SERIES  No.  \ 


10  Cent 


\pmm\'^^i^^^^  AX>.  Hall 

STUEtr  &  SMITH.  PUBLISHERS.  NEW  /ORK 


mk 


TJlJ^^J^Ji^XX. 


HAWAII 


BY 


j^.  ID.  h:^ll 


NEW  YORK: 

STREET  &  SMITH,  Publishers, 

8 1   Fulton  Street. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  i8q8, 

By  Street  &  Smith, 

In  the  Office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington,  D.  C. 


COISTTEISTTS. 


CHAPTER.  PAGE. 

I.— Early  History 7 

II.— Death  of  Captain  Cook— Missionaries— Lepers 19 

III.  -  Climate  and  Natural  Features 30 

IV,— Manners  and  Customs — Inhabitants  and  Schools 40 

v.-  Industries  and  Commerce 55 

VI.— Honolulu 75 

VII.— Some  Other  Towns 91 

VIII.  — Queen  Liliuokalani  and  the  Kevolution 101 

IX.— The  Annexation  of  Hawaii  .....* 127 

X. — Conclusion 152 


2771.83 


HAWAIL 

CHAPTER  I. 

EARLY  HISTORY. 

Considerable  of  the  attention  and  interest  in  the  United 
States  has  of  late  been  attracted  toward  the  Hawaiian 
Islands,  which  are  an  important  group  occupying  a  cen- 
tral position  in  the  North  Pacific  Ocean  some  twenty-one 
hundred  miles  west  of  San  Francisco,  and  directly  in  the 
commercial  track  between  the  United  States  and  Austra- 
lia on  the  one  hand,  and  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  and 
China  on  the  other.  These  islands  will  necessarily  be- 
come an  important  commercial  centre  and  resort  of  ship- 
ping in  this  great  ocean. 

There  are  eight  inhabited  islands  constituting  this 
group,  namely,  Hawaii,  Maui,  Kahoolawe,  Lanai,  Molo- 
kai,  Oahu,  Kauai  and  Niihau ;  these  comprise  an  area  of 
about  six  thousand  seven  hundred  square  miles.  The 
largest  island,  Hawaii,  is  nearly  two-thirds  of  the  whole 
area  in  size,  being  almost  equal  to  the  State  of  Connec- 
ticut. In  the  past  Hawaii  has  been  one  of  the  most  iso- 
lated positions  in  the  world,  and  the  one  farthest  removed 
from  the  ancient  centres  of  civilization.  But  by  virtue 
of  their  geographical  position,  the  islands  belong  com- 
mercially to  the  United  States^  and  in  political  and  social 


8  EARLY  HISTORY. 

sentiment  the  ties  are  even  closer,  their  civilization  hav- 
ing been  brought  about  by  American  agencies,  both 
Christian  and  commercial. 

Hawaii  is  virtually  the  half-way  house  between  the 
continental  shores,  and  is  a  suitable  haven  for  ships  and 
storage  of  coal,  which  in  the  present  day  of  progress  is 
the  important  feature  of  navigation. 

Although  it  is  said  Spaniards  first  discovered  Hawaii, 
and  some  were  even  wrecked  upon  its  shores,  mingling 
by  intermarriage  their  blood  with  tlie  natives,  whose  de- 
scendants, the  Kekea,  show  a  light  skin,  Caucasian  facial 
contour  and  freckled  faces ;  still  Captain  Cook's  name 
was  the  first  European  to  be  associated  with  their  discov- 
ery in  1778.  In  1555  Juan  Gaetano,  a  Spaniard,  is  said 
to  have  discovered  these  islands,  when  sailing  from  the 
coast  of  New  Spain  to  the  Spice  Islands. 

There  is  a  tradition,  though  very  ancient,  about  the 
earlier  discovery  of  these  islands  by  a  chief  w^hose  name 
was  Hawaii-loa.  This  chief  occupied  a  very  high  posi- 
tion, and  was  of  purest  descent.  He  was  supposed  to  be 
formerly  a  fisherman  and  navigator  in  Kahiki-ku,  and 
when  sailing  towards  the  East  in  one  of  his  cruises,  he 
discovered  two  islands,  and  named  them  Hawaii  and 
Maui.  He -was  so  pleased  with  his  discovery  that  he  re- 
turned to  his  native  land  and  brought  back  to  Hawaii 
his  wife  and  children.  They  are  supposed  to  be  the  first 
inhabitants  of  the  islands,  and  this  tradition  is  handed 
down  as  a  legend  to  this  day. 

According  to  the  very  early  genealogies  of  the  Ha- 
waiians,  Wakea  and  Papa,  his  wife,  were  the  progenitors 


EARLY  HISTORY.  9 

of  the  race,  or  were,  at  least,  the  first  of  their  Hne  of 
chiefs.  It  is  said  that  Wakea  had  improper  relations  with 
a  woman  by  the  name  of  Hina,  and  she  brought  forth  the 
island  which  Wakea  named  Molokai.  Papa,  wishing  to 
take  revenge  upon  her  husband  for  this  act  of  unfaith- 
fulness, cohabited  with  a  man  called  Lua,  and  gave  birth 
to  the  island  of  Oahu ;  and  to  this  day  in  memory  of  the 
early  adultery  the  two  islands  have  preserved  the  names 
arising  from  their  birth,  Molokai.  Huia  and  Oahu-Lua. 

A  number  of  Hawaiian  chiefs  follow  Wakea  and  Papa 
in  consecutive  generations,  concerning  whom  tradition 
gives  but  little  of  note,  until  about  the  end  of  the  thir- 
teenth century,  when  the  warlike  Hawaiian  chief  Kalau- 
nuiohua  undertook  to  conquer  the  whole  group  of  is- 
lands, each  of  which  was  governed  by  its  respective  ruler 
or  chief. 

In  the  able  account  given  by  ^Ir.  W.  D.  Alexander  in 
his  '*  Brief  History  of  the  Hawaiian  People,"  he  states : 
■  Kalaunuiohua  collected  a  fleet  and  an  army  and  in- 
vaded Maui,  where  he  defeated  and  captured  the  leading 
chief  of  that  island.  Elated  by  this  success  he  proceeded 
first  to  Molokai,  where  he  was  again  victorious,  and  then 
to  Oahu.  where  he  defeated  and  captured  the. chief  of 
Ewa  Waianae.  With  the  three  captive  chiefs  in  his  train 
he  set  sail  for  Kauai,  and  landed  near  Koloa,  where  he 
was  met  by  Kukrua  at  the  head  of  the  warriors  of  Kauai 
and  totally  defeated,  his  fleet  being  taken  and  his  army 
destroyed.  In  fact,  the  island  of  Kauai  appears  to  have 
ever  afterward  maintained  its  independence  until  the 
present  century. 


lo  EARLY  HISTORY. 

"About  a  century  later  three  his"!!  chiefs  of  Hawaii,  to- 
gether with  Lunkoa,  a  Maui  chief,  invaded  Oahu,  land- 
ing at  the  Ewa  Lagoon.  Marching  inland  they  were  de- 
feated by  Mailekukahi  at  the  Kipapa  ravine,  which  is 
said  to  have  received  that  name  from  its  having  been 
paved  with  the  corpses  of  the  slain." 

This  period  extended  from  about  1450  A.  D.  to  the 
time  of  Kamehamcha  I. 

Judge  Fornander  describes  this  time  by  saying :  "  It 
was  an  era  of  strife,  dynastic  ambitions,  internal  and  ex- 
ternal wars  on  each  island,  with  all  their  deteriorating 
consequences  of  anarchy,  depopulation,  social  and  intel- 
lectual degradation,  loss  of  liberty,  loss  of  knowledge,  loss 
of  arts." 

In  early  times  each  island  had  a  king,  but  under  Ka- 
mehamcha I.,  who  was  said  to  be  a  man  of  quick  per- 
ceptions, shrewd  sense  and  great  force,  the  islands  were 
formed  into  one  kingdom. 

When  Vancouver  visited  the  islands  in  1792,  this  chief, 
being  desirous  of  possessing  a  vessel  on  the  European 
model,  the  keel  of  one  was  laid  down  for  him.  Ten  or 
twelve  years  later  Mr.  Turnbull  found  him  with  twenty 
vessels  of  from  twenty-five  to  fifty  tons,  which  traded 
amongst  the  islands,  and  the  king  afterwards  purchased 
others  from  foreigners.  He  brought  a  very  old  ship  from 
California  of  about  one  hundred  and  seventy-five  tons, 
and  loaded  her  full  with  sandal  wood,  and  then  sailed 
with  her  to  and  from  Canton  till  she  went  to  the  bottom. 
He  encouraged  a  warlike  spirit  in  his  people,  and  intro- 
duced fire  arms.     Kamehameha  also  attacked  and  over- 


EARLY   HISTORY.  ii 

came  the  chiefs  of  the  other  islands  one  after  another, 
until  he  became  undisputed  master  of  the  whole  group. 
He  encouraged  trade  with  foreigners,  and  derived  from 
its  profit  a  large  increase  of  revenue,  as  well  as  the  means 
of  consolidating  his  power. 

During  one  of  Kamehameha's  absences  from  his  own 
big  island,  a  rebellion  broke  out,  but  he  returned  in  time 
to  subdue  it.  Shortly  afterwards  a  plague  resembling 
the  cholera  attacked  the  natives.  All  of  the  king's  lead- 
ing men  died  in  a  few  hours,  as  well  as  nearly  one-half  of 
his  soldiers.  For  the  time  being  this  seemed  to  sober  the 
fierce  old  man,  and  he  told  his  soldiers  to  go  into  the 
fields  and  work.  He  joined  them  there  himself,  toiling 
hard  as  a  common  laborer ;  for,  besides  the  dread  plague, 
famine,  with  her  gaunt  face,  was  at  the  door. 

A  famous  traveler  who  visited  Kamehameha  at  this 
.Aue  tells  the  following  story  of  him :  "  Kamehameha 
threw  his  arms  around  an  idol,  embraced  it,  and  prayed, 
saying :  "  These  are  our  gods ;  I  do  not  know  whether  I 
do  right  to  worship  them  or  not.  It  is  the  religion  of 
our  country,  and  I  worship  them  with  my  people.'  " 

Kamehameha  had  written  to  King  George  HI.  August 
6,  1810,  desiring  formally  to  acknowledge  the  King  of 
England,  and  to  place  the  islands  under  British  protec- 
tion, an  offer  which  was  accepted. 

While  in  Honolulu,  Kamehamehsi  had  the  British  flag 
over  his  stone  warehouses  and  his  residence.  In  181 1 
the  remaining  rich  island  surrendered  to  him,  and  Kame- 
hameha, who  was  a  brave,  large-hearted  man,  despite  his 
butcheries,  made  his  old  enemy,  the  chief,  foreman  for 


12  EARI.Y  HISTORY. 

life.  Kamehameha  was  a  remarkable  savage,  being  high 
born.  Chiefs  and  priests  were  his  kindred  and  compan- 
ions, and  he  was  not  tardy  in  taking  advantage  of  his 
high  station.  Joaquin  ]\Iiller,  in  speaking  of  this  great 
warrior,  said :  "  The  best  that  can  be  said  of  him  v/as 
that  he  was  progressive.  His  trade  was  the  cruel  trade 
of  war,  but  even  in  this  he  was  wonderfully  progressive, 
for  beginning  with  a  club  and  canoe,  he  closed  with  can- 
non and  ships."  Kamehameha  I.  died  in  1819  at  the 
age  of  eighty-two  years,  and  was  succeeded  by  his  son 
Liholiho,  who  adopted  on  his  accession  the  name  of  Ka- 
mehameha II.  This  son  was  a  mild,  well-disposed  prince, 
but  who  inherited  none  of  his  father's  energy.  One  of 
his  first  acts  was  to  abolish  tabu  and  idolatry  through- 
out all  the  islands.  Some  disturbances  were  caused 
thereby,  but  the  insurgents  were  defeated,  and  the  peace 
of  the  islands  has  been  unbroken  ever  since." 

Tabu  was  a  set  of  laws  of  "  Thou  shalt  not  do  this, 
that  or  the  other  thing,  under  penalty,"  depending  on 
the  conscience  of  the  people.  The  meaning  of  the  word 
tabu  is  "sacred,  set  apart,"  whether  referring  to  religious 
or  civil  matters. 

In  1824  Kamehameha  II.  and  his  queen  visited  the 
United  States  and  England,  and  while  staying  in  Lon- 
don, they  both  contracted  the  measles  and  died  of  it  in 
July  of  that  year. 

Kamehameha  III.  was  only  twenty  years  old  when  he 
assumed  the  throne.  Up  to  the  year  1839  the  islands 
were  governed  by  an  absolute  monarchy  and  upon  feudal 
principles.     In  that  year  Kamehameha  III.  was  induced 


EARLY  HISTORY.  13 

to  sign  a  bill  of  rights,  and  in  1840  and  1842  to  grant 
constitutions  by  which  he  surrendered  the  absolute  rule 
in  favor  of  a  government  by  the  three  estates  of  king, 
nobles  and  people,  with  universal  suffrage,  a  biennial 
parliament  and  paid  representatives. 

The  constitution  of  1842  and  the  civil  penal  codes  were 
mainly  prepared  by  Chief  Justice  William  L.  Lee,  an 
American.  Judge  Lee  rendered  great  service  to  the  na- 
tion in  confirming  to  the  common  natives  a  third  of 
the  lands  of  the  kingdom,  which  were  formerly  owned 
entirely  by  the  king  and  chiefs. 

Kamehameha  IV.  acceded  to  the  throne  in  1854,  and 
after  a  brief  and  useful  reign  died  in  November,  1863. 
Kamehameha  \'.  followed.  The  new  constitution  which 
Kamehameha  IIL  had  adopted  had  remained  in  force 
till  this  reign,  when  the  present  king  abrogated  it  in 
August,  1864,  and  promulgated  in  its  place  a  constitu- 
tion imposing  qualifications  on  suffrage,  and  on  eligibility 
to  the  legislature,  and  centralizing  the  government  in  the 
hands  of  the  king.  A  voter  must  read  and  write,  pay  his 
taxes  and  have  an  income  of  seventy-five  dollars  a  year. 

The  exclusive  power  was  the  king,  a  privy  council,  of 
which  the  four  governors  of  the  larger  islands  were  mem- 
bers, and  four  responsible  ministers.  The  legislative 
power  was  the  king,  and  the  parliament,  composed  of 
fourteen  nobles  (of  whom  six  were  white),  and  twenty- 
eight  representatives  (seven  of  whom  were  white).  Both 
classes  discussed  and  voted  together.  The  judiciary 
power  was  a  supreme  court,  composed  of  a  chief  jus- 


14  EARLY  HIvSTO^Y. 

tice,  who  was  also  chancellor,  and  at  least  two  judges, 
four  district  courts  and  police,  and  other  tribunals. 

Luanliho  was  elected  in  1873,  and  on  his  death  Kala- 
kaua,  in  1874. 

And  now,  having  given  the  brief  history  of  the  Kame- 
hamehas,  we  will  return  to  the  European  who  was  first 
supposed  to  discover  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Captain  James  Cook,  the  celebrated  navigator,  was 
born  on  Oct.  28,  1728,  at  the  village  of  Martin  Look- 
shire,  where  his  father  was  first  an  agricultural  laborer, 
and  then  a  farm  bailiff.  At  the  age  of  thirteen  years  Cap- 
tain Cook  was  apprenticed  to  a  haberdasher  at  Straiths, 
near  \Miitby,  but  having  quarreled  with  his  master,  he 
went  as  apprentice  on  board  a  collier  belonging  to  the 
port,  and  was  soon  afterward  appointed  mate.  From 
early  childhood  he  had  a  love  for  the  sea,  and  as  a  navi- 
gator the  merits  of  Captain  Cook  were  of  the  very  high- 
est order.  His  commanding  personal  presence,  his  sa- 
gacity, decision  and  perseverance  enabled  him  to  over- 
come all  difficulties,  while  his  liumanity  and  sympathetic 
kindness  rendered  him  a  favorite  with  his  crews.  His 
valuable  researches  into  the  nature  and  use  of  anti-scor- 
Imtic  medicines  proved  of  the  greatest  utility.  He  was 
a  practical,  scientific  seaman,  and  was  also  a  sagacious, 
self-possessed  commander;  kind,  though  strict,  to  his 
crew,  and  marked  by  indomitable  perseverance  and  ready 
decision.  He  made  many  valuable  additions  to  our  geo- 
graphical knowledge  of  the  coasts  of  America,  and  Asia, 
and  also  in  the  regions  of  Behring's  Straits. 

On  the  eighth  of  December,  1777,  with  his  two  ships, 


the  "  Resolution  i;ud  the  "  Discovery,"  he  sailed  from 
the  Society  Islands  to  the  northwest  coast  of  America. 
Sailing  almost  due  to  the  north,  on  a  Sunday  morning, 
the  eighteenth  of  January,  1778,  he  came  upon  the  island 
of  Oahu.  and  shortly  afterward  saw  the  island  Kauai, 
'^n  the  next  day  he  discovered  the  third  island,  Niihau. 

As  he  neared  Kauai  a  boat  with  some  fishermen  came 
alongside,  and  traded  fish  and  vegetables  for  bits  of  iron, 
but  did  not  dare  to  venture  on  board.  Captain  Cook 
was  surprised  when  he  found  their  language  closely  re- 
sembled that  of  the  natives  of  the  Society  Islands.  Th-j 
following  day  Captain  Cook  landed,  and  as  soon  as  he 
touched  the  shore  the  natives  fell  fiat  upon  their  faces, 
and  remained  in  that  very  humble  position  till  he  made 
signs  for  them  to  rise.  They  then  brought  numerous 
small  pigs,  which  they  presented  to  him,  with  plantain 
trees,  using  a  great  deal  of  ceremony.  A  priest  then  made 
a  long  prayer,  in  which  others  of  the  assembly  at  times 
joined.  Captain  Cook  expressed  his  acceptance  of  their 
proffered  friendship  by  giving  them  in  return  such  pres- 
ents as  he  had  brought  with  him  for  that  purpose. 

The  natives  displayed  a  peaceable  disposition,  showed 
great  readiness  to  part  with  anything  they  had  in  ex- 
change for  what  was  offered  them,  and  expressed  a 
stronger  desire  for  iron  than  for  any  other  articles  offered 
them,  appearing  to  be  well  acquainted  with  the  use  of  the 
metal.    A  trade  was  soon  established. 

The  articles  which  the  inhabitants  offered  to  sell  were 
the  skins  of  various  animals,  such  as  wolves,  foxes,  bears, 
racoons,  deer,  polecats,  and  one  in  particular,  the  sea- 


i6  EARIvY  HISTORY. 

Otter.  Added  to  these,  besides  the  skins  in  their  native 
shapes,  were  the  garments  made  from  them ;  also  a  cer- 
tain kind  of  apparel  maniifactured  from  the  bark  of  a 
tree,  and  various  pieces  of  workmanship.  One  of  the 
most  extraordinary  articles  brought  to  be  bartered  for 
were  human  skulls,  and  hands  from  which  the  flesh  was 
still  clinging,  and  which  showed  evident  signs  of  their 
having  been  on  fire. 

The  things  which  the  natives  took  in  exchange  were 
chisels,  knives,  scraps  of  iron  and*  tin,  nails,  looking 
glasses  and  buttons,  or  any. kind  of  metal.  Glass  beads 
did  not  seem  to  strike  their  fancy. 

After  a  short  time  the  natives  would  deal  for  nothing 
but  metal,  and  brass  was  eagerly  sought  for,  till  finally 
everything  that  was  on  the  ship  was  stripped  of  this  arti- 
cle, candlesticks,  pans,  dippers  and  even  all  the  buttons 
from  the  clothing,  leaving  only  what  belonged  to  the  nec- 
essary instruments. 

Captain  Cook  and  his  men  remained  in  the  islands  till 
Feb.  2,  when  they  started  northward  on  another  voy- 
age. Some  of  the  natives  were  very  bitter  toward  Cap- 
tain Cook,  feeling  he  had  brought  to  their  islands  dis- 
ease, and  that  he  was  not  cautious  enough.  Captain 
Cook  took  every  precaution  that  he  could,  as  he  knew 
some  of  his  men  had  introduced  disease  into  other  islands 
which  they  had  visited.  In  1804  a  pestilence,  called  Ahu- 
lauokun,  the  character  of  which  is  not  known,  broke  out, 
and  the  decrease  of  the  population  was  immense.  Cap- 
tain Cook    estimated  the    population    at    four    hundred 


EARLY  HISTORY.  17 

thousand,  but  historians  say  this  was  probably  too  great 
by  one  hundred  thousand. 

As  regards  cannibahsm,  it  appears  that  only  the  heart 
and  liver  of  the  human  victims  were  eaten  as  a  religious 
rite,  after  they  had  been  offered  in  the  temple,  and  that 
the  same  parts  of  any  great  warrior  who  was  slain  in  bat- 
tle were  quickly  devoured  by  the  victorious  chiefs,  who 
believed  they  would  thereby  inherit  the  valor  of  the  de- 
parted one. 

When  Kamehameha  I.  died,  the  chiefs  all  assembled 
to  deliberate  as  to  what  should  be  done  with  his  body, 
as  he  was  such  an  illustrious  man  and  full  of  daring  and 
courage.  One  suggested  they  should  eat  the  body,  but 
this  did  not  find  favor  with  the  others,  and  he  was  buried 
according  to  the  rites  and  customs  of  the  times. 

Their  mode  of  disposing  of  the  dead  was  to  embalm 
the  body,  which  they  did  by  covering  it  VvMth  a  glutinous 
liquid,  made  from  the  Ti-root.  This  process  sealed  tightly 
all  the  pores  of  the  skin,  so  that  the  air  could  not  reach 
them.  The  body  was  then  placed  in  a  case,  or  on  some 
shelf  which  nature  had  made,  in  a  sitting  posture.  These 
places  of  burial  seem  to  have  been  private  property,  or 
l.>elonging  to  the  people  on  whose  land  they  were  situ- 
ated. Ofiferings  were  often  carried  there  by  the  relatives 
of  the  deceased,  and  prayers  said  for  them. 

There  is  a  tradition  that  the  first  man,  Kumuhonu^, 
was  buried  on  the  summit  of  a  high  mountain,  and  that 
one  by  one  his  descendants  were  all  buried  around  and 
about  him  till  the  place  was  filled. 

In  the  days  of  idolatry  the  only  dress  which  the  men 


18  KARLY   HIvSTORY. 

wore  was  a  very  narrow  strip  of  cloth,  which  they  wound 
round  tlie  loins  and  passed  between  the  legs.  The  women 
wore  short  petticoats  made  of  tapa  (cloth  prepared  from 
the  inner  bark  of  the  paper  mulberry).  Now  the  common 
class  of  men  wear  shirt  and  trousers,  while  the  better 
class  of  natives  are  attired  in  the  European  fashions. 
The  women  are  clad  universally  in  the  holoka,  which  is 
a  loose  white  or  colored  garment  reaching  from  the  neck 
to  the  feet. 

Both  sexes  delight  in  adorning  themselves  with  neck- 
laces of  colored  seeds,  a»d  with  garlands  of  flowers. 

Amongst  the  tribes  there  was  almost  an  universal  cus- 
tom of  circumcising  the  male  child.  The  priests  per- 
formed this  ceremony  with  religious  rites.  There  is  a 
legend  that  this  custom  was  fTrst  introduced  by  a  Ha- 
waiian chief  who  lived  in  the  early  part  of  the  eleventh 
century. 

In  an  article  published  in  the  *'  Nation  "  some  years 
ago,  we  quote  the  following :  **  In  the  royal  families,  to 
subserve  purposes  of  state,  father  and  daughter,  brother 
and  sister,  uncle  and  niece  frequently  united  as  man  and 
wife.  The  children  of  such  unions  were  esteemed  of  the 
highest  rank,  and  strange  to  say,  no  mental  or  physical 
deterioration  seemed  to  result  from  these  incestuous  re- 
lations." 


DEATH  OF  CAPTAIN  COOK— MISSIONARIES.         19 


CHAPTER  II. 

DEATH   OF   CAPTAIN   COOK— MISSIONARIES— LEPERS. 

The  name  Sandwich  Islands  was  given  to  this  country 
by  Captain  Cook,  at  the  time  it  was  first  discovered  by 
liim,  in  honor  of  his  patron,  the  Earl  of  Sandwich,  who 
was  at  that  time  the  First  Lord  of  the  British  Admiralty. 
This  worthy  Earl  of  Sandwich,  John  Montague,  was 
extremely  fond  of  playing  cards,  and  disliking  to  inter- 
rupt his  game  for  luncheon,  he  had  brought  to  him 
slices  of  bread  with  ham  laid  between.  Hence  the  name 
of  sandwich.  Now,  the  name  Hawaiian  Islands  is  de- 
rived from  the  largest  island  in  the  group,  and  is  the  name 
generally  used  by  the  inhabitants. 

Captain  Cook,  after  having  explored  the  Arctic  Ocean. 
Alaska  and  Behring's  Straits,  returned  to  the  islands  on 
the  twenty-sixth  of  November,  1778.  The  natives  were 
very  glad  to  see  him  again,  and  trading  was  once  more 
established,  but  after  ten  days  the  natives  grew  very  tired 
of  their  guests,  and  lost  whatever  respect  they  had  shown 
them.  Quarrels  took  place  between  the  natives  and  those 
on  board  the  "  Resolution,"  and  thefts  became  very  com- 
mon. 

Captain  Cook  finally  sailed  from  there  February  fourth, 
and  the  natives  were  overjoyed  at  his  departure,  but  it 
was  not  to  be  of  very  long  duration,  for  Captain  Cook 
and  his  ships  returned  on  February  eleventh.     This  time 


20        DEATH  OF  CAPTAIN   COOK— MISSIONARIES. 

the  natives  exhibited  no  manifestations  of  delight,  and 
they  plainly  showed  the  friendship  which  formerly  ex- 
isted was  at  an  end.  Things  went  from  bad  to  worse,  and 
finally  the  cutter  of  the  "  Discovery  "  was  stolen.  Cap- 
tain Cook,  in  order  to  insure  the  return  of  the  stolen 
boat,  planned  to  bring  the  king  on  board  the  "  Resolu- 
tion "  and  keep  him  a  prisoner  till  the  cutter  was  re- 
turned. But  the  plan  failed,  and  an  affray  ensued.  The 
warriors  and  the  natives  opened  fire  and  four  of  Captain 
Cook's  men  were  killed.  The  rest  swam  back  to  the 
boats,  and  Captain  Cook  was  the  only  one  left  upon  the 
rocks.  He  tried  to  make  for  the  pinnace,  which  was  a 
small  six  or  eight  oared  boat  carried  by  an  English  man- 
of-war,  and  held  his  left  hand  against  the  back  of  his  head 
to  guard,  if  possible,  from  the  stones  being  hurled  at 
him,  and  he  still  carried  his  musket  under  his  other  arm. 
A  native  was  seen  following  him,  stealthily,  but  with  a 
little  fear,  for  he  stopped  once  or  twice,  undetermined 
whether  to  proceed.  At  last  he  came  upon  Captain  Cook 
unawares,  giving  him  a  blow  on  the  head,  and  then  fled. 
This  stroke  stunned  Captain  Cook  at  first,  and  he  stag- 
gered a  few  paces,  then  fell  on  his  hands  and  one  knee, 
and  dropped  his  musket.  Before  he  could  rise  and  regain 
his  feet,  another  native  stabbed  him  in  the  back  of  his 
neck  with  an  iron  dagger.  He  then  fell  into  the  water, 
which  reached  only  to  his  knees,  and  others  crowded 
about  him  and  tried  to  keep  him  under ;  but  he  strug- 
gled strongly  and  got  his  head  up,  and  cast  a  look  of 
despair  towards  the  pinnace,  as  if  he  begged  for  their  as- 
sistance. 


DEATH  OF  CAPTAIN  COOK— MISSIONARIES.        21 

crew  were  so  confused  it  was  not  in  their  power  to  save 

Though  his  own  boat  was  only  a  few  yards  away,  his 
him.  Again  and  again  the  natives  submerged  Captain 
Cook,  each  time  in  deeper  water ;  but  he  was  able  to  get 
his  head  up.  and  being  almost  spent  in  the  struggle  he 
naturally  turned  to  the  rock  and  tried  to  support  himself 
by  it,  when  a  native  struck  him  a  fierce  blow  with  a  club 
and  he  was  killed. 

They  pulled  him  up  out  of  the  water  lifeless  on  the 
rock,  where  the  natives  seemed  to  take  a  savage  pleasure 
in  using  every  barbarity  to  his  dead  body,  snatching  the 
daggers  out  of  each  other's  hands  to  have  the  cruel  satis- 
faction of  piercing  their  victim. 

Captain  Cook's  body  was  disposed  of  exactly  as  that 
of  a  great  chief,  only  a  few  high  prices  knowing  where 
the  bones  were  laid,  so  they  could  not  be  exhumed.  No 
one  now  even  ventures  to  surmise  where  they  repose.  It 
is  claimed  that  Kamehameha  was  present  at  Captain 
Cook's  death,  and  obtained  some  of  his  hair,  which  he 
always  preserved  in  great  reverence.  It  was  a  custom 
in  the  olden  times  among  the  Hawaiian  kings  to  make 
the  bones  of  chiefs  they  had  conquered  into  articles  of 
various  kinds,  but  more  especially  fish  hooks.  This  they 
did  to  show  revenge  for  cruelties,  as  well  as  evincing  de- 
light for  victories.  It  was  also  customary  for  the  friends 
of  any  chief  who  had  been  killed  to  hide  his  body,  so  that 
the  enemies  could  not  find  it. 

There  was  a  certain  chief  named  Pae,  whose  sons  hid 
his  body,  and  months  were  spent  in  trying  to  find  his 
burial  place,  but  it  was  fruitless.     There  is  a  beautiful 


22        DEATH  OF  CAPTAIN  COOK— MISSIONARIES. 

waterfall  called  Hiilawe,  in  the  valley  of  Waipr,  aiid  one 
day  while  a  young  priest  was  gazing  at  it  he  observed 
that  a  beautiful  rainbow  seemed  ever  to  hang  over  these 
falls.    Now  the  Hawaiians  believed  this  to  be  a  sign  which 
would  show  them  where  a  chief  lived  or  was  buried.    As 
this  young  priest  was  watching  the  rainbow  one  day,  he 
asked  some  old  priests  who  came  upon  him,  what  chief 
lived  or  was  buried  anywhere  near  these  beautiful  falls. 
Being  thus  questioned  the  priests  conceived  the  idea  that 
Pae  might  be  buried  there.     Accordingly  a  black  pig,  a 
red  fish,  a  white  tapa  and  a  white  fish  were  taken  at  night 
to  the  waterfall,  and  used  as  offerings.     After  this  cere- 
mony was  over  a  ghost  appeared,  wearing  a  long  cloak 
of  feathers,  who  came  from  the  waterfall,  passed  in  front 
of  them  and  then  retired.     Shortly  after  another  ghost 
appeared  wearing  a  shorter  cloak.     When  this  informa- 
tion was  taken  to  the  king  he  felt  sure  that  the  body  of 
Pae  must  be  hidden  near  these  falls.     The  king  ordered 
a  man  lowered  down  the  falls,  and  behind  the  water,  in  a 
cave,  was  Pae's  body,  wrapped  in  red  tapa.     The  cave 
had  been  entirely  concealed  by  the  flow  of  water  over  it. 
The  Hawaiians  used  to  believe  that  fish  hooks  made  of 
chief's  bones  were  so  attractive  that  fish  could  not  keep 
away  from  them,  and  the  king  ordered  hooks  to  be  made 
of  Pae's  bones.     When  finished,   the  king  and  all   his 
men  went  fishing,  and  his  luck  was  so  tremendous  he 
could  not  pull  in  the  great  quantities  of  fish  without  the 
help  of  all  his  colleagues.    This  news  reached  the  ears  of 
Pae's  sons,  and  was  just  what  the  king  desired,  for  he 
wished  them  to  see  their  father's  bones  were  found. 


DEATH  OF  CAPTAIN  COOK— MISSIONARIES.         23 

As  the  old  king-  pulled  up  his  line,  he  cried  out,  *'E 
Pae-e-paa-ia,  a  paa  ka  Rane  e'a,"  which  means,  "Oh, 
Pae.  hold  fast  our  fishes." 

The  sons  of  Pae  were  very  argry,  and  exclaimed,  ''A 
loaaka  punana  o  ke  Rolea  ia  ol.  alalia  loaa  ia  oe  na  iwi 
o  Pae,"  meaning,  ''Indeed,  you  will  sooner  find  the 
nest  of  the  plover  than  the  bones  of  Pae." 

In  saying  this  they  firmly  believed  no  human  being 
could  find  their  father's  bones,  but  were  anxious,  and 
went  tc  the  cave,  only  to  find  the  body  gone.  It  is  said 
that  this  hook,  made  of  Pae's  bones,  was  used  by  the 
high  chiefs  only,  and  was  handed  down  to  all  the  Kame- 
hamehas.  At  the  present  day  it  is  in  the  Bishop  Mu- 
seum in  Honolulu. 

Happily  there  is  a  bright  side,  as  well  as  a  dark  one. 
to  the  invasion  of  the  whites  into  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Before  the  influences  of  Christianity  the  habits  of  the 
people  were  extremely  licentious.  Men  lived  with  sev- 
eral wives,  and  wives  with  several  husbands.  Female 
virtue  was  an  unknown  thing,  and  there  was  no  word 
for  it.  This  state  of  things,  however,  was  greatly  altered 
by  the  missionaries. 

In  the  year  1809  a  brown  boy  was  found  crying  on  the 
doorsteps  of  one  of  the  buildings  of  Yale  College.  He 
had  come  from  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  and  his  father  and 
mother  had  been  killed  in  his  presence,  and  as  he  was 
escaping  with  a  baby  brother  the  little  one  was  killed  by 
being  slain  with  a  spear.  He  himself  was  taken  prisoner. 
Circumstance  brought  him  to  America,  and  a  kind  fate 
must  have  led  him  to  the  doorsteps  of  Yale  College.  This 


24        DEATH  OF  CAPTAIN  COOK— MISSIONARIES. 

l^oy's  name  was  Obookiah.  He  loved  his  native  people, 
imd  when  kindly  received  by  Mr.  Dwight,  who  was  a 
resident  graduate,  he  expressed  great  desire  to  learn  to 
read,  that  he  might  go  back  home  and  tell  his  people 
about  the  Bible,  and  that  there  was  a  God  for  them  to 
pray  to  up  in  heaven.  About  a  year  after  this  Obookiah 
died,  but  two  other  boys  who  came  to  America  with  him 
were  educated  by  Mr.  Dwight,  and  at  the  end  of  ten 
years  they,  with  a  small  band  of  women  and  men,  num- 
bering in  all  only  twelve,  left  Boston  for  the  Hawaiian 
Islands. 

It  was  said  to  them  as  they  left  Boston,  that  probably 
not  one  of  them  would  live  to  witness  the  destruction  of 
idolatry,  but  when  they  reached  the  islands  it  had  al- 
ready taken  place. 

It  was  Kamehameha  I.  who  had  abolished  idolatry, 
and  the  system  of  tabu. 

We  will  now  quote  from  Dr.  Bartlett,  who  has  written 
a  very  able  article  on  the  Hawaiian  Mission.  By  this 
system  of  tabu  "it  was  death  for  a  man  to  let  his  shadow 
fall  upon  a  chief,  to  enter  his  enclosure,  or  to  stand  if 
his  name  were  mentioned  in  a  song.  In  these  and  other 
ways  men's  heads  lay  at  the  feet  of  the  king  and  the 
chiefs."  A  woman  was  not  allowed  to  eat  with  her  hus- 
band, or  partake  of  pork,  fowl,  bananas  or  cocoanuts. 
These  things  were  offered  to  the  idols,  and  if  they  did 
eat  them,  they  must  pay  the  penalty  by  death. 

This  small  band  reached  Hawaii  March  31,  1820,  and 
it  was  news,  indeed,  to  them  to  find  the  tabu  abolished, 
Kamehameha  dead,  and  the  temples  destroyed.     When 


DEATH  OF  CAPTAIN  COOK— MISSIONARIEvS.        25 

Kamehameha  lay  dying  he  had  asked  an  American 
trader  to  tell  him  about  the  Americans'  God. 

The  missionaries  arrived  none  too  soon,  and  were 
cordially  made  welcome.  The  king,  with  five  of  his 
wives,  came  out  to  greet  them,  and  all  were  nude.  The 
missionaries  suggested  it  would  be  better  to  put  on  some 
clothes,  and  the  next  time  the  king  called,  he  wore  silk 
stockings  and  a  hat. 

One  of  the  first  converts  to  Christianity  was  a  chief- 
tainess,  who  was  six  feet  high,  bearing  the  name  of 
Kapiolani.  She  gathered  the  sacred  ohelo  berries  from 
the  edges  of  the  volcano,  and  while  singing  Christian 
hymns,  threw  them  into  the  lake  of  fire,  defying  Pele  to 
hurt  her.  After  this  act,  there  was  a  great  silence,  and 
all  who  witnessed  it  were  horror-stricken,  but  as  no 
calamity  followed,  the  Queen  Kapiolani  turned  to  her 
people  and  told  them  of  her  faith  in  God.  After,  this 
brave  act  of  hers,  one-third  of  the  natives  became  Chris- 
tians. The  missionaries  formed  a  Sunday  school,  and 
arranged  the  people  into  two  classes,  Christians,  those 
that  said  they  loved  their  enemies,  and  heathens,  those 
that  said  they  did  not.  They  were  simply  taught  otie 
thing  at  first,  and  that  was  that  God,  who  also  created 
heaven  and  earth,  made  them. 

William  Ellis  was  one  of  the  most  successful  of  the 
missionaries,  an  Englishman,  and  he  greatly  assisted  the 
American  missionaries  in  their  work  on  the  islands. 

The  first  missionaries  who  arrived  were  Congregation- 
alists.  In  1827  a  French  Catholic  mission  was  estab- 
lished at  Honolulu.    In  1829  the  Honolulu  government 


26        DEATH  OF  CAPTAIN  COOK— MISSIOXAR IKS. 

directed  the  priests  to  close  their  chapels,  .^on^  .,>i  the 
proselytes  were  confined  in  irons,  and  Roman  Catholic 
missionaries  arriving  afterwards  were  not  allowed  to 
land. 

In  1839  the  French  government  sent  a  frigate  to 
Honolulu  and  compelled  Kamehameha  III.  to  declare 
the  Catholic  religion  free  to  all.  The  whole  number  of 
Catholics  on  the  islands  in  1872  was  stated  to  be  about 
twenty-three  thousand.  An  English  Reformed  Catholic 
mission  was  sent  out  in  1862,  and  met  with  favor 
from  Kamehameha  \\.  who  was  less  in  sympathy  with 
the  Protestant  missionaries  than  his  predecessors  had 
been.  An  Anglican  Bishop  of  Hawaii  was  appointed, 
who  remained  till  1870,  and  since  his  return  in  that  year 
the  mission  has  attracted  little  interest,  and  its  success 
has  been  small.  The  total  number  of  Protestant  mis- 
sionaries sent  to  the  islands,  clerical  and  lay,  including 
their  wives,  was  one  hundred  and  fifty-six.  The  cost  of 
the  missions  up  to  1869  was  $1,222,000. 

Nearly  every  native  can  read  and  write,  and  in  1878 
there  were  two  hundred  and  twenty-two  schools.  In 
the  majority  of'  these  schools  the  instruction  was  com- 
municated in  Hawaiian,  but  in  some  of  a  higher  degree. 
English  was  employed,  and  as  the  people  desired  it,  the 
language  was  more  and  more  introduced. 

There  has  been  a  great  deal  of  unpleasantness  felt  in 
Honolulu  at  the  sensational  accounts  that  have  been 
written  about  Hawaiian  leprosy,  and  it  is  only  just  and 
right  to  say,  that  visitors  should  have  no  anxiety  about 
contracting  this  dread  disease,  as  the  government  takes 


DEATH  OF  CAPTAIN  COOK— MISSIONARIES.         27 

every  precaution,  and  removes  all  sources  of  danger  at 
once.  The  island  of  Molokai  is  set  apart  especially  for 
lepers,  and  is  a  peninsula  comprising  about  five  thou- 
sand acres,  surrounded  on  three  sides  by  the  ocean,  and 
the  fourth  side  is  shut  in  by  a  steep  precipice. 

This  dread  disease,  leprosy,  was  first  observed  in  the 
islands  in  1853,  ^^^^  some  eleven  years  later  it  had  spread 
to  an  alarming  extent. 

Father  Damien,  who  gave  his  life  to  the  work  on  the 
island  of  Molokai,  was  born  in  Belgium  in  January,  1841. 
He  was  a  Roman  Catholic,  and  his  heart  was  stirred  by 
the  reports  of  the  suffering  and  darkness  of  the  lepers, 
and  he  determined  to  go  and  live  among  them,  doing  jll 
he  could  to  teach  them  of  God  and  His  infinite  good- 
ness, and  of  the  hereafter.  He  reached  the  island  of 
Molokai  in  1873,  ^"<^^  ^^  once  began  his  life  work. 

He  did  not  find  one  person  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands 
who  had  the  least  doubt  as  to  leprosy  being  contagious, 
though  one  can  be  exposed  to  the  disease  for  years  be- 
fore contracting  it.  Father  Damien  knew  that  sooner  or 
later  he,  too,  must  become  a  leper.  How  could  he 
escape,  living  in  a  polluted  atmosphere,  dressing  the 
wounds  of  the  sufTerers,  washing  their  bodies,  staying 
by  their  sick  beds,  and  even  digging  a  place  for  their 
burial  ?  The  sights  and  smells  were  nauseating,  and  the 
moral  evil  deplorable.  Still,  Father  Damien  never  fal- 
tered in  his  work,  and  the  government  was  generous, 
supplying  food,  dwellings  and  water. 

We  are  told  that  the  Hawaiians  are  a  lovable  people, 
generous,  affectionate  and  light  hearted.     They  bear  no 


28        DEATH  OF  CAPTAIN  COOK— MISSIONARIES.  ' 

malice  whatever  to  the  white  man,  though  we  brought  ; 
them  small  pox,  intoxication  and  evil  diseases,  and  their 
numbers  have  decreased  so  rapidly  since  our  advent  as 
to  be  now  nearly  extinct.  On  the  island  of  Molokai  arj 
iive  churches,  hospitals — Roman  Catholics  and  Protest- 
ants are  equally  numerous — and  houses  for  the  lepers. 

As  a  rule  the  lepers  do  not  suffer  great  pain,  and  the 
average  length  of  life  at  Molokai  is  four  years,  after 
which  time  the  disease  generally  strikes  some  vital  spot. 
Women  are  less  liable  to  contract  it  than  men.  One 
woman  went  with  her  leprous  husband  to  Molokai,  and 
when  he  died  she'  married  another,  and  at  his  death  an- 
other. In  all  she  had  four  husbands,  and  yet  remained 
healthy.  Father  Damien  felt  very  strongly  that  it  was 
not  right  to  part  man  and  wife.  He  said  to  do  so  gave 
the  sufferers  pains  and  agonies  far  greater  to  bear  than 
the  disease  itself.  And  when  they  ceased  to  care,  it  was 
v/orse  still,  for  they  plunged  into  a  reckless,  vicious  life. 
When  Father  Damien  reached  Molokai  he  found  an 
island  full  of  natural  beauties.  The  cliffs  are  tall  and 
straight,  and  are  generally  in  -shadow,  but  the  sun  casts 
long  warm  rays  amongst  them.  The  surf  is  high,  and 
makes  great  banks  of  mist.  There  are  many  beautiful 
birds,  and  quantities  of  wild  flowers. 

Women  and  men  alike  ride  astride  little  ponies,  and 
one  can  often  see  the  inhabitant  sitting  in  his  little  door, 
chatting  with  his  neighbor,  or  pounding  the  taro  root  to 
make  it  into  the  favorite  food  poi.  Father  Damien,  when 
he  arrived  at  Molokai,  found  the  practice  of  distilling 
drink  was  carried  on  to  a  large  degree.     The  native  v/ho 


DEATH  OF  CAPTAIN  COOK— MISSIONARIES.        3g 

partook  freely  of  it  and  who  succumbed  to  its  influence 
forgot  all  decency,  acted  like  one  mad,  and  ran 
about  naked.  Father  Damien  states  that  the  inhabitants 
passed  their  time,  when  he  first  entered  amongst  them, 
by  playing  cards,  dancing  and  drinking.  Their  clothes 
were  filthy  on  account  of  the  scarcity  of  ^^-ater,  which 
had  to  come  from  a  great  distance.  Many  a  time  when 
he  was  visiting  the  afflicted  he  had  to  run  outside  for  a 
breath  of  pure  air ;  and  used  to  smoke  tobacco  in  order 
to  take  away  from  his  clothing  the  obnoxious  smell  of 
the  lepers. 

Father  Damien  lived  at  Molokai  ten  years  before  he 
contracted  the  disease,  and  suspected  he  had  it  some 
time  before  the  physicians  confirmed  his  fear.  It  did  not 
dishearten  him,  and  he  kept  on  in  his  work  in  the  same 
simple,  saintlike  way. 

He  was  on  very  affectionate  terms  with  the  lepers,  and 
we  quote  some  of  the  names  which  he  gave  them,  and 
which  ^Ir.  Edward  Clifford  published  in  an  article  writ- 
ten by  him.  Let  it  be  remembered  they  are  boys'  names : 
"Jane  Peter,  Henry  Ann,  Sit-in-the-Cold,  The  Rat-Eater, 
The  Eyes-of-the-Fire,  A  Fall-from-a-Horse,  Mrs.  Tomp- 
kins, Susan,  The  Dead-House,  The  Window,"  etc. 

Father  Damien  died  in  1889.  The  lepers  wailed  long 
and  sadly  for  him,  but  he  had  gone  to  that  eternal  land  of 
rest,  where  "God  shall  wipe  away  all  tears  from  their 
eyes." 


30  CLIMATE  AND  NATURAL    FEATURES. 


CHAPTER  111. 
CLIMATE    AND   NATURAL   FEATURES. 

The  Hawaiian  Islands  are  the  Islands  of  Eden,  the 
"sun  lands,"  and,  as  Mr.  Lyons  writes,  the  climate  may 
be  expressed  in  two  words,  ''sunshine  and  breezes."  It 
is  g^enerallv  warm,  but  very  healthful,  the  temperature  is 
equable,  and  the  sky  usually  clear.  Hurricanes,  tor- 
nadoes or  typhoons  never  visit  these  islands,  and  the 
whole  tribe  of  frosty  diseases  is  unknown.  No  one 
catches  "their  death  of  cold."  as  they  do  here  in  this 
country,  and  the  most  delicate  lungs  thVive  in  the  at- 
mosphere. Children  live  out  of  doors  the  whole  year 
around,  and  it  is  a  Paradise  of  climate  both  for  young 
and  old.  For  people  suffering  with  pulmonary  trouble 
the  climate  cannot  be  excelled,  and  there  are  several  sani- 
tariums on  the  island,  where  such  patients  can  he  cared 
for. 

The  prevailing  winds  are  the  northeast  trade  winds. 
These  blow  generally  about  nine  months  of  the  year.  The 
other  three  months  the  winds  are  variable,  and  usually 
from  the  south.  Severe  storms,  with  thunder  and  light- 
ning, are  conspicuous  by  their  absence.  It- is  well  to  note 
that  a  case  of  sunstroke  has  never  been  heard  of  in  these 
islands.  The  mean  temperature  of  the  hottest  month  is 
8i°  Fahrenheit,  and  the  coldest  month  is  62°  Fahrenheit. 

The  afternoons  are  shaded  with  the  heavy  masses  of 
round  clouds,  which  are  blown  in    from    the    sea,  and 


CI.IMATK   AND   NATURAL    FEATURES.  31 

which  rest  against  the  tops  of  the  mountains,  and  toward 
evening  showers  are  Hkely  to  come ;  but  sunlight  is  in 
excess,  it  floods  everything,  and  is  one  of  the  things 
strangers  first  notice. 

Vs  these  islands  are  just  within  the  tropics,  there  is 
ncxer  any  danger  of  frost,  and  extreme  heats  are  un- 
known. There  is  great  variety  in  temperature,  as  the 
islands  are  so  mountainous  in  character.  There  are 
arctic  cold  and  perpetual  frosts  high  on  the  top  of  the 
mountains.  Torrid  heat  prevails  in  sheltered  valleys  at 
sea  level,  while  at  the  intervening  levels  any  climate  may 
be  selected. 

fhe  rain  periods  are  March  and  April,  when  the 
spring  rains  come.  Then  with  ^lay  comes  fine  weather, 
and  June  is  even  more  fine ;  but  with  the  sun  in  a  vertical 
position,  the  midday  heat  is  felt  more  than  in  any  other 
month,  as  there  are  less  winds,  but  the  nights  are  always 
very  cool.  July  brings  more  rain.  November,  Decem- 
ber, January  and  February  are  variable  months  year  bv 
year.  Sometimes  one  may  enjoy  the  finest  kind  of 
weather  all  through  the  four  months,  and  then  again 
there  may  come  a  long  continued  storm.  A  noted  sign 
of  weather  with  the  Hawaiians  is  as  follows:  "While 
clouds  hang  over  the  sea,  and  it  is  clear  on  the  high 
mountains,  then  expect  rain ;  when  clear  space  is  over 
the  sea,  and  clouds  over  the  land  on  the  mountains,  then 
fine  weather." 

As  may  be  inferred,  the  frequent  alternation  of  sun- 
shine and  shadow  is  favorable  to  the  rainbow,  which  is 
very  beautiful  and  brilliant.     In  this  connection  it  may 


\ 

32  CLIMATE  AND  NATURAL    FEATURES. 

be  interesting  to  read  of  a  scene  which  Mr.  Curtis  J. 
Lyons  relates  of  the  bringing  back  to  Hawaii  from  San 
Francisco  of  the  remains  of  the  late  King  Kalakaua.  He  . 
says :  *'As  the  cortege  entered  from  the  street  the  gate- 
way to  the  spacious  grounds,  an  unusually  large  and . 
brilliant  rainbow  so  formed  itself  on  the  background  of 
clouds  and  showers  and  mist  that  covered  the  mountains, 
and  so  over-arched  the  palace  with  all  its  striking  array 
of  weeping,  trailing  Hawaiians  gathered  on  the  balconies 
and  porches,  and  around  their  widowed  queen,  with 
government  officials,  and  native  citizens  filling  the  lower 
and  sanded  walks,  that  the  edifice  was,  so  to  speak, 
framed  with  sorrowful  glory," 

Epidemics  scarcely  ever  visit  the  islands,  and  when 
they  do  are  usually  mild.  Grave  diseases,  such  as  pneu- 
monia and  diphtheria,  are  alm.ost  unknown.  Malaria  also 
is  unknown. 

As  before  stated,  there  are  eight  inhabited  islands,  the 
others  being  mere  rocks  of  no  value  to  mankind  at  pres- 
ent.   The  area  of  these  islands  is  as  follows : 

Sq.  Miles. 

Niihau    97 

Kauai    590 

Molokai   270 

Oahu    6o(? 

Maui   760 

Lanai 1 50 

Kahoolawe 63 

Hawaii    4.210 

Total 6,740 


CLIMATE  AND  NATURAL    FEATURES.  33 

Extinct  and  partially  active  volcanoes  exist  in  most  of 
the  islands.  Two  of  the  largest  volcanoes  are  Kilauea, 
which  is  usually  visited  by  strangers,  and  Mauna  Loa. 
Kilauea  is  not  a  separate  mountain,  but  is  a  crater  which 
seems  to  be  at  the  base  of  the  mountain  Mauna  Loa,  and 
the  idea  has  been,  and  is  now  commonly,  entertained,  that 
they  are  the  same  mountain  with  one  vent,  but  in  reality 
are  twenty  miles  apart. 

The  movement  of  a  volcano  is  always  from  the  side  to 
the  centre,  like  the  rush  of  a  whirlpool,  accompanied  by 
hissings  and  roarings.  Frequently  one  may  see  a  dozen 
fountains  of  fire  playing  near  the  edge,  but  they  are  soon 
swallowed  up  in  one  fierce  vortex.  At  times  the  whole 
lake  appears  to  have  the  form  of  huge  waves,  and  dashes 
against  the  sides  with  large  clots  of  fire,  thrown  up  nearly 
to  the  top  of  the  crater.  All  is  confusion,  terror  and 
majesty,  and  the  sight  cannot  fail  to  inspire  one  with 
great  awe.  The  color  is  not  the  crimson  of  blood,  nor  the 
whiteness  of  light,  but  an  indescribable  something  be- 
tween the  two.  Kilauea  was  in  a  constant  state  of  erup- 
tion from  1856  to  1859,  and  at  night  it  formed  a  most  ex- 
quisite spectacle.  One  of  the  burning  streams  which  it 
•cast  off  totally  destroyed  a  small  fishing  village,  filled  up 
a  bay  on  the  shore,  and  a  promontory  formed  in  its  place. 

In  1887  there  were  continued  earthquake  shocks.  This 
was  a  grand  display  of  nature's  forces.  Out  of  a  streak  of 
forked  lightning  arose  what  appeared  to  be  a  waterspout 
of  immense  size  and  height.  Then  would  shoot  up  a 
huge  pillar  of  smoke,  which  w^as  lighted  to  a  lurid  red 
by  the  fiery  mass  below,  accompanied  by  constant  trem- 


34  CLIMATE  AND  NATURAL    FEATURES. 

bling  and  shocks,  which  at    times    the    inhabitants    felt 
might  jerk  the  houses  from  their  foundations. 

It  may  be  interesting  to  note  that  in  1897  specimens 
of  lava  which  came  from  the  crater  of  Kilauea  were 
analyzed,  and  found  to  contain  70.8  per  cent,  of  silica, 
i6.i"per  cent,  of  iron,  7.3  per  cent,  of  alumina,  4.8  per 
cent,  of  lime,  and  2.2  per  cent,  of  sulphuric  acid. 

The  natives  belong  to  the  Malayo-Polynesian  race. 
Their  skin  is  of  reddish  brown  color,  resembling  the  hue 
of  tarnished  copper;  the  hair  almost  always  of  a  raven 
black,  the  beard  thin,  face  very  broad,  profile  not  promi- 
nent, the  nose  flat,  and  thick  lips.  The  bulk  of  the  natives 
are  of  moderate  height.  They  are  physically  amongst 
the  finest  races  in  the  Pacific,  and  noted  for  their  well 
developed  muscular  limbs. 

Kauai  is  the  so  called  garden  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands, 
and  it  is  also  said  to  be  the  oldest.  Its  mountainous 
scenery  is  noted  for  its  beauty  and  weirdness ;  every  con- 
ceivable variety  of  crag  and  peak  and  gorge.  The  roads 
are  perfect,  of  hard  red  clay.  There  are  lovely  hills,  val 
leys  and  plateaus,  which    are    beautiful    and    extensive. 

The  flowers,  shrubs  and  trees  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands 
are  very  numerous.  Ferns  grow  in.  one  hundred  ancf 
twenty-five  varieties,  from  a  tree  in  size,  to  the  ver\ 
smallest.  Palmetto  trees  grow  to  a  height  of  from  two 
to  six  thousand  feet.  The  foliage  is  dark,  and  the  wood 
beautiful  in  manufacture,  taking  an  exquisite  polish.  It 
is  nearly  as  dark  as  black  walnut,  and  harder.  Occasion- 
ally one  sees  a  sandal  tree.  Their  leaves  are  glossy,  and 
their  flowers  very  fragrant.    There  is  a  bright  ruby  col- 


CLIMATE  AND  NATURAL    FEATURES.  35 

ored'berry  called  the  oheleo,  and  a  huge  raspberry  called 
okala. 

Hawaii  has  the  greatest  variety  of  soil  and  climate,  as 
it  is  not  exposed  to  strong  winds,  and  has  an  ample  sup- 
ply of  water  falls.  One  of  the  most  beautiful  of  the 
plants  is  the  begonia,  and  it  is  found  in  Kauai,  Maui  and 
Molokai,  in  moist  places,  or  clinging  to  the  sides  of  a 
waterfall.  Its  flower  is  a  mass  of  the  most  delicately 
tinted  pink,  fading  to  a  creamy  white. 

Another  plant  known  for  its  oddity  as  well  as  its  beauty 
is  called  brighamia-insignie.  This  plant  resembles  a 
huge  cabbage,  with  the  heart  taken  out,  and  the  space 
filled  in  with  long  tubular  flowers,  creamy  white,  and 
very  fragrant. 

Still  another  is  the  cape  jessamine,  a  fine,  large  leafed 
tree,  which  bears  pure  white  flowers,  an  inch  or  more  in 
diameter,  and  rich  and  fragrant. 

A  more  showy  flower  is  the  ohiaia,  which  is  a  mass  of 
deep  red. 

The  smilax  also  grows  in  great  abundance,  with  its 
heart  shaped  leaves,  which  shine  as  though  they  were 
varnished,  and  its  flowers  of  straw  color,  which  appear  in 
clusters.  There  is  a  silky  fibre  called  pulu  growing  on 
the  crown  of  tree  fern  stems,  and  it  is  exported  in  large 
quantities  to  America,  where  it  is  used  for  stuffing 
cushions.  The  kalo  plant  is  extensively  grown  in  wet 
places,  and  it  is  said  that  a  patch  of  kalo  measuring  forty 
feet  square  yields  sufficient  food  for  a  native  for  a  whole 
year. 

The  flora  01  Polynesia  embrace  a  very  great  number 


36  CLIMATE  AND  NATURAL    FEATURES. 

and  variety  of  fruit  trees  and  plants,  which  grow  in  trop- 
ical luxuriance.  They  supply  all  the  wants  of  the  natives, 
and  render  agriculture  almost  needless. 

The  bread  fruit  is  entitled  to  a  place  in  the  first  rank, 
being  the  principal  article  of  food  of  the  natives.  It  is 
cooked  in  various  ways  but  is  generally  roasted  or 
baked.  This  tree  produces  three  or  four  crops  a  year. 
There  are  fifty  different  varieties.  The  cocoa  palm  flour- 
ishes alike  in  the  most  fertile  valleys,  on  the  wildest  rocky 
beach,  and  on  the  mountain  sides. 

The  yam,  though  an  excellent  food,  is  not  used  much, 
but  it  is  often  seen  on  some  of  the  islands  where  the  land 
is  rich,  and  on  some  of  the  cultivated  terraces. 

The  taro  has  a  broad  and  beautiful  silver  green  leaf 
and  grows  in  soil  which  is  covered  with  water.  The  root 
may  be  eaten  at  the  age  of  one  year,  but  it  attains  its  per- 
fection at  the  age  of  two  or  three  years.  Both  the  leaf 
and  root  have  an  exceedingly  pungent  flavor,  but  in 
cooking  this  is  dissipated,  and  the  root  forms  a  very 
palatable  food.  After  having  been  baked  and  well  beaten 
on  a  board  with  a  stone  pestle,  it  is  made  into  paste  with 
water,  and  then  allowed  to  ferment  for  a  few  days,  when 
it  is  fit  to  eat.    This  is  called  poi. 

From  the  root  of  the  sugar  cane  is  made  a  filthy  liquor 
called  awa.  This  is  distilled  by  very  rude  means  under  a 
license,  though  it  is  often  prepared  clandestinely.  A  hol- 
low log  receives  the  root,  which  has  been  softened  by 
soaking,  a  bamboo  reed  passing  thence  through  the 
trough  of  water  and  a  calabach  to  receive  the  condensed 
vapor.    Some  years  ago,  the  most  shameful  and  demoral- 


CLIMATE  AND  NATURAL    FEATURES.  37 

izing  and  even  murderous  effects  of  drunkenness  usually 
followed  the  indulgence  in  this  liquor,  but  since  the  in- 
troduction of  foreign  distilled  liquors,  this  horrid  stim- 
ulus has  not  been  so  much  in  use.  It  is  also  thought  that 
this  root  possesses  some  valuable  medicinal  qualities, 
which  in  time  may  be  developed. 

Sandal  wood  was  formerly  cut  to  some  extent,  and  ex- 
ported to  China,  where  it  was  used  in  preparing  tapers 
for  the  burning  of  incense ;  but  of  late  years  this  wood 
has  become  very  scarce. 

From  the  inner  bark  of  the  paper  mulberry,  a  kind  of 
cloth  or  matting  is  made,  which  is  used  by  the  natives 
for  various  purposes  of  clothing,  bedding,  etc. 

The  kukui  tree  yields  a  nut  which  has  very  rich  oil. 
The  natives  use  the  nuts  for  candle  purposes,  stringing  a 
number  of  them  upon  a  rush,  and  rolling  the  whole  in 
the  pandanus  leaves. 

The  grape  vine  was  planted  by  the  missionaries,  but 
was  destroyed  by  the  wars. 

In  the  climate  of  Hawaii  where  it  is  temperate,  all 
vegetables  can  be  raised,  cabbages,  cauliflowers,  beans, 
cucumbers,  pumpkins,  potatoes,  etc.  Potatoes  and  corn 
are  chiefly  raised  by  the  Portuguese  and  Norwegians. 
The  corn  is  used  largely  for  feed  on  the  plantation,  and 
when  ground  with  the  cob  is  used  for  feed  for  working 
horses  and  mules. 

The  Hawaiian  oranges  have  a  fine  flavor,  and  the  limes 
a  flavor  and  aroma  which  cannot  be  excelled.  At  pres- 
ent there  are  not  enough  oranges  to  meet  the  demands  of 
the  islands,  but  they  can  be  easily  cultivated. 


38  CLIMATE  AND  NATURAL    FEATURES. 

The  animals  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  are  not  distinc- 
tive, except  in  the  absence  of  the  larger  and  nobler  ones ; 
there  are  dogs,  hogs,  rats,  the  albatross,  tropical  birds, 
petrel,  heron  and  wild  duck,  peckers,  turtle  doves, 
pigeons,  the  English  sparrow  and  various  other  kinds  of 
fowl.  There  is  an  abundance  of  fishes,  horses,  cows, 
mules,  oxen,  sheep,  goats,  cats  and  other  domestic  ani- 
mals have  been  introduced  and  thrive  well. 

Pork  is  now  the  favorite  food  of  the  islander,  especially 
of  the  Chinese,  and  as  there  are  now  fifteen  thousand  of 
the  latter  on  the  islands,  there  is  a  local  market  for  it.     ^ 

The  general  method  of  preparing  this  meat  is  to  sur- 
round it  with  potatoes,  and  the  taro  root,  and  then  cover 
the  whole  with  taro  leaves,  and  let  it  bake  in  a  hot  oven. 
This  dish  is  called  by  the  natives  lu-au. 

Keeping  horses  in  the  islands  is  attended  with  scarcely 
any  trouble.  Veterinary  doctors  would  starve  out  in 
Honolulu,  for  the  horses  are  scarcely  ever  sick.  They 
roam  over  the  valleys  and  feed  upon  the  native  grasses, 
consequently  are  free  from  any  of  those  ills  which  befall 
their  more  pampered  brethren.  The  cost  of  keeping 
them  is  so  little  it  is  a  luxury  which  the  high  and  low  can 
both  afford,  and  the  Hawaiian  ladies'  passion  is  for  riding 
horseback,  and  they  indulge  themselves  to  a  large  degree. 
The  women  as  a  class  are  very  attractive,  and  smile  cheer- 
fully. It  is  very  agreeable  to  hear  them  greet  you  with 
their  pleasant  "Aloha." 

There  are  very  few  owners  of-sheep,  but  these  few  have 
large  flocks,  and  some  of  the  districts  are  particularly 
well  suited  for  cattle  raising.  Wild  cattle  range  the  moun- 


CLIMATE  AND  NATURAL    FEATURES.  39 

tains,  but  they  are  of  very  inferior  breed.  They  are  often 
shot  or  captured  with  the  lasso,  for  the  sake  of  their 
hides,  which  are  imported  in  great  quantities. 

On  the  islands  are  small  insects,  such  as  the  ear-rigs, 
locusts,  crickets,  cockroaches,  beetles,  dragon  flies  and 
moths.  There  is  a  great  scarcity  of  the  butterfly,  a  feature 
which  most  people  regret. 

The  coasts  of  the  islands  abound  in  fish — sharks, 
bonits.  ray  and  rock  fish ;  in  the  fresh  water  streams  are 
found  salmon,  eels,  etc. 

The  sperm  whale,  the  cape  whale,  black  fish,  porpoises 
and  others  of  this  order  are  abundant  in  these  seas.  A 
single  male  whale  often  yields  seventy  to  ninety  barrels 
of  oil,  and  fifteen  barrels  of  spermaceti. 


40  MANNERS  AND    CTTSTOMvS— INHABITANTS. 


CHAPTER  IV. 
MANNERS  AND  CUSTOMS— INHABITANTS  AND  SCHOOLS. 

The  domestic  labor  in  Honolulu  and  in  all  parts  of  the 
island  has  been  performed  for  many  years  by  the 
Chinese  males.  They  make  excellent  servants,  and  with 
ihe  perfection  of  the  climate,  and  the  absence  of  many 
ills  which  the  housekeepers  of  America  have  to  contend 
against,  it  has  made  the  art  of  entertaining  not  a  tax. 
upon  the  hostess,  but  a  real  pleasure.  As  neither  the 
theatre  nor  the  opera  has  as  yet  appeared  in  the  islands, 
the  people  are  thrown  upon  their  own  resources,  and 
substitute  dinners,  luncheons  and  picnics.  Hospitality  is 
second  nature  both  with  the  natives  and  foreign  residents. 
They  vi^it  each  other  without  even  the  ceremony  of 
knocking,  and  evening  seems  to  be  the  general  hour  for 
calling. 

Mark  Twain  gives  a  very  amusing  account  of  his  visit 
to  these  islands  in  1866.  He  writes  that  he  saw  houses 
"surrounded  by  ample  yards,  and  shaded  by  tall  trees, 
through  whose  dense  foliage  the  sun  could  scarcely  pene- 
trate .  .  .  huge  bodied,  wide  spreading  forest  trees, 
with  strange  names,  and  strange  appearance — trees  that 
cast  a  shadow  like  a  thunder-cloud,  and  were  able  to 
stand  alone  without  being  tied  to  green  poles.  In  place 
of  fish  wriggling  around  in  glass  globes,  assuming  count- 


MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS— INHABITANTS.  41 

less  shades  of  distortion  through  the  magnifying  and 
diminishing  quality  of  their  prison,  I  saw  cats — Tom  cats, 
Mary  Ann  cats,  long-tailed  cats,  bob-tailed  cats,  wall- 
eyed cats,  cross-eyed  cats,  grey  cats,  black  cats,  yellow 
cats,  striped  cats,  spotted  cats,  tame  cats,  wild  cats,  singed 
cats,  individual  cats,  groups  of  cats,  platoons  of  cats, 
companies  of  cats,  regiments  of  cats,  armies  of  cats, 
multitudes  of  cats,  millions  of  cats,  and  all  of  them  sleek, 
fat,  lazy  and  sound  asleep.  I  looked  on  a  multitude  of 
people,  some  white,  in  white  coats,  vests,  pantaloons  and 
even  white  cloth  shoes,  made  snowy  daily  with  chalk  laid 
on  every  morning;  but  the  majority  of  people  were  al- 
most as  dark  as  negroes — women  with  comely  features, 
line  dark  eyes,  and  rounded  forms,  inclining  to  the  volup- 
tuous, and  clad  in  a  single  bright-red  or  white  garment 
that  fell  free  and  unconfined  from  shoulder  to  heel,  long 
black  hair  falling  loose  and  encircled  with  wreaths  of 
natural  flowers  of  a  brilliant  carmine  tint ;  plenty  of  dark 
men  in  various  costumes,  and  some  with  nothing  on  but 
a  battered  stove  pipe  hat,  tilted  oh  the  nose,  and  a  very 
scant  breech  cloth ;  certain  smoke-dried  children  were 
clad  in  nothing  but  sunshine — a  very  neat-fitting  and  pic- 
turesque apparel,  indeed." 

The  changes  that  have  taken  place  in  over  thirty  years 
.since  his  visit  are  remarkable.  One  no  longer  sees  the 
native  arrayed  in  silk  hat  and  breech-cloth,  and  the 
women  are  attired  in  fashionable  gowns. 

In  the  city  are  horse  car  lines,  electric  lights,  police, 
water  works,  shops  which  are  well  filled,  and  very  hand- 
some residences  and  villas. 


42  MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS—INHABITANTS. 

On  the  islands  of  Oahu,  Kauai  and  Hawaii  are  tele- 
phones to  every  accessible  point.  The  rent  for  these  ma- 
chines is  very  moderate,  and  a  small  charge  is  made  to 
any  one  wishing  to  use  them,  and  who  has  not  an  instru- 
ment of  his  own. 

The  breakfast  hour  in  the  islands  is  usually  between 
the  hours  of  8  and  9,  and  the  meal  is  much  like  our  Amer- 
ican breakfast.  Fresh  fruit  is  first  served,  oranges,  or 
guavas  sliced,  or  strawberries,  which  they  are  fortunate 
enough  to  have  all  the  year  round.  After  that  there  are 
steaks,  chops,  or  fish,  eggs  on  toast,  and  potatoes  cooked 
in  many  ways. 

The  people  also  indulge  in  hot  cakes  of  various  kinds. 
their  favorite  being  one  made  from  the  root  of  the  taro. 
Like  the  Americans,  they  are  great  coffee  drinkers. 

Their  luncheon  also  resembles  ours.  Cold  meats,  hot 
biscuits,  potatoes,  cake,  fruit  and  tea.  This  is  the  only 
time  when  this  beverage  is  indulged  in,  for  there  are  very 
few  houses  where  five  o'clock  tea  is  served.  Their  dinner 
also  is  like  ours,  and  their  wine  is  chiefly  claret,  cham- 
pagne being  partaken  of  only  on  festive  occasions.  Ladies 
have  their  reception  days,  and  are  very  conscientious 
about  returning  calls.  Strangers  are  always  received  with 
great  kindness  and  hospitality. 

There  are  no  such  horsewomen  in  the  world  as  the 
Hawaiians.  They  all  ride  astride  the  saddle,  and  wear  di- 
vided skirts.  Over  the  roughest  roads  they  go  like  the 
wind.  At  the  time  of  Miss  Mary  Krout's  visit  to  Hono- 
lulu, Miss  G ,  the  daughter  of  the  German  Consul, 


MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS— INHABITANTS.  43 

was  one  of  the  most  accomplished  riders,  and  Miss 
Krout  relates  this  amusing  incident : 

"Miss  G.  was  calling  at  the  American  Legation,  and 
when  she  arose  to  go,  one  of  the  American  naval  officers 
who  happened  to  be  there  at  the  same  time  escorted  her  to 
the  gate,  where  her  horse  was  tied.  He  looked  at  the 
saddle  dubiously,  then  at  the  pretty  rider  in  her  kilted 
habit,  and  said  hesitatingly  and  much  embarrassed :    *I 

would  assist  you  to  mount,  Miss  G ,  if — if — if  you 

were  using  an  ordinary  saddle.'  'Thanks,'  she  replied, 
smilingly,  comprehending  his  dilemma,  'but  I  do  not 
require  any  assistance.'  And  she  sprang  upon  her 
horse,  and  dashed  away  with  the  grace  of  a  young  cen- 
taur. The  bew-ildered  sailor  looked  after  her  much  as  he 
might  have  watched  the  rapid  flight  of  a  strange,  but  in- 
teresting bird." 

Nearly  every  afternoon  the  drives  about  Honolulu  are 
thronged  with  brilliant  equestrians.  All  classes  and  con- 
ditions swim  as  well  as  they  ride.  The  climate  is  so  warm 
it  makes  the  bathing  perfection.  Beautiful  convolvulus 
fringe  the  shore,  and  make  a  pretty  background  for  the 
bathers.  In  the  surf  they  perform  all  sorts  of  feats,  and 
particularly  one  worthy  of  mention  is  that  of  ridinsf  the 
waves  by  the  use  of  the  surf  board. 

The  surf  board  is  a  plank  resembling  a  coffin  lid,  meas- 
uring about  six  feet  nine  inches  in  length.  After  wad- 
ing out  from  the  rocks,  upon  which  the  surf  is  breaking, 
the  islanders  push  their  board  in  front  of  them,  and  swnm 
out  beyond  the  first  line  of  breakers.  Watching  for  a 
very  high  wave,  they  will  leap  out  from  behind,  lying 


44  MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS— INHABITANTS. 

with  their  bodies  face  downward  upon  their  surf  boards. 
The  swimmers  keep  themselves  on  the  highest  edge  of 
the  billow,  and  by  dexterously  manipulating  hand  and 
foot  ever  seem  to  slide  down  the  topping  wave.  On 
they  come,  a  little  ahead  of  the  breaker,  and  just  as  you 
would  expect  to  see  them  dashed  to  pieces  against  the 
rocks,  they  quietly  vanish,  and  are  out  at  sea,  ready  for 
another  perilous  ride.  The  great  art  attached  to  this 
aquatic  feat  is  in  mounting  the  breaker  just  at  the  proper 
lime,  and  to  keep  exactly  in  its  curl.  Old  men  and  young 
girls  often  join  in  this  amusement,  and  are  wildly  cheered 
by  the  spectators. 

Very  often  when  luncheons  are  given,  and  the  guests 
have  assembledd,  the  question  is  asked :  **  Will  you  have 
a  swim  ?  "  This  is  nearly  always  answered  in  the  affirma- 
tive, and  the  guests  go  to  rooms,  adorn  themselves  in 
bathing  suits  which  are  provided  for  them,  and  take  a 
swim  before  luncheon  is  announced.  Men  and  women 
bathe  together  after  our  American  fashion,  and  there  is 
no  such  prudery  regarding  this  custom  as  is  shown  by 
our  English  cousins. 

Another  favorite  form  of  amusement  is  riding  out  on  a 
moolight  night  to  Waikiki,  having  a  swim,  a  jolly  supper. 
and  arriving  home  in  the  "  wee  sma'  hours."  An  Ameri- 
can gentleman  and  his  wife  occupying  a  villa  at  Waikiki 
gave  a  ball  to  the  officers  of  H.  M.  S.  Garnet,  and  to  the 
officers  on  board  the  American  cruisers.  They  danced 
until  midnight,  when  they  all  departed  to  rooms  assigned 
them,  and  changed  their  festive  gowns  and  uniforms  for 
bathing  dresses.  It  was  a  beautiful  sight,  with  a  full  moon, 


MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS— INHABITANTS.  45 

and  they  swam  instead  of  dancing  to  the  strains  of  the 
music.  When  they  tired  of  this  they  once  more  adorned 
themselves  in  their  ballroom  attire,  and  danced  till  morn- 
ing. 

Ease,  flowers,  music  and  plenty  to  eat  seem  to  be 
amongst  the  essentials  of  life  with  the.  Hawaiians.  There 
is  none  of  that  rush  and  bustle  so  prominent  in  the  large 
cities  of  the  United  States,  for  in  Hawaii  every  one  is 
content  to  drift  along  in  a  "  dolce  far  niente  "  sort  of 
way. 

It  does  not  require  a  great  deal  for  the  maintenance  of 
life  on  the  islands.  Having  no  winter,  the  demand  for 
fuel  is  light,  as  is  also  the  outlay  for  heavy  clothing,  both 
articles  being  so  necessary  in  a  colder  climate. 

Besides  the  riding  horseback  and  the  bathing,  which 
are  indulged  in  so  frequently,  the  islanders  have  many 
other  forms  of  amusement.  Tennis  is  played  a  great 
deal,  and  since  the  birth  of  the  Valley  Club  many  tourna- 
ments have  taken  place. 

There  is  a  cyclomere  track,  where  series  of  wheelmen's 
contests  are  frequently  given.  There  are  several  cycle 
agencies  established  in  the  islands,  and  a  wheel  may  be 
rented  for  a  very  moderate  sum.  There  are  a  Hawaiian 
Rifle  Association,  a  Hawaiian  Rowing  Association,  and 
three  boat  clubs.  Every  Fourth  of  July  a  rowing  and 
yachting  regatta  takes  place,  and  the  people  in  their  in- 
terest and  enthusiasm  crowd  the  wharves  as  early  as  8 
o'clock  in  the  morning. 

An  effort  has  been  made  to  establish  a  cricket  club,  as 
there  are  numerous  baseball  and  football  teams. 


46  MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS— INHABITANTS. 

One  of  the  favorite  amusements  with  the  common 
people  is  the  throwing  of  a  blunt,  dart,  which  varies  in 
length  from  two  to  five  feet,  and  is  thickest  about  six  in- 
ches from  the  point,  after  which  it  tapers  gradually  to  the 
other  end.  These  darts  are  made  of  hard  wood  and  are 
highly  polished.  They  require  great  care  and  ingenuity 
in  the  modeling.  The  ground  upon  which  this  game  is 
played  is  laid  off  into  a  court,  fifty  or  sixty  yards  long. 
Two  or- more  darts  are  laid  down,  three  or  four  inches 
apart.  The  darts  are  then  thrown  with  great  force  and 
exactness  along  the  level  ground.  He  who,  in  a  given 
number  of  times,  throws  his  dart  most  frequently  between 
the  stationary  darts  without  striking  either  of  them,  wins 
the  game.  The  play  is  principally  a  trial  of  strength.  A 
mark  is  made  in  the  ground,  at  which  point  the  player 
must  throw  his  dart.  With  the  dart  balanced  in  his  hand, 
he  retreats  a  few  yards  from  the  starting  point,  and  then 
makes  a  spring  forward,  and  throws  it  along  the  ground 
with  great  force.  All  the  darts  are  left  in  place  wherever 
they  strike,  until  all  are  thrown,  when  each  player  rushes 
to  the  end  of  the  course  to  see  which  one  is  most  suc- 
cessful. In  throwing  darts,  casting  spears  and  dodging, 
the  Hawaiians  are  great  experts. 

Boxing  is  also  a  favorite  national  game,  and  is  regu- 
lated by  fixed  rules,  and  umpires. 

TVnother  popular  sport  is  sliding  down  hill  on  a  long, 
narrow  sledge. 

The  Hawaiians  are  also  great  gamblers,  and  their  faces 
portray  anxiety  and  rage  when  playing.  The  female 
would  bet  her  beads,  cloth,  beating  mallet,   and  every 


MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS— INHABITANTvS.  47 

piece  of  clothing  in  her  possession,  except  what  she  would 
have  on.  The  male  would  hazard  his  implements  of  in- 
d'lstry,  and  even  the  pallet  on  which  he  slept.  When 
they  lose  they  tear  their  hair,  and  become  wild  with  rage. 
A'ery  often  these  scenes  end  in  serious  quarrels. 

Another    game    resembling    our    checkers   is    played. 
AWestling  is  practiced  by  the  youths,  and  games  of  "tug 
f  war"  are  often  indulged  in. 

Horse  racing  is  a  very  favorite  sport,  and  on  nearly 
all  the  islands  there  is  a  well  regulated  track,  where  the 
races  are  hotly  contested.  There  is  plenty  of  game  in 
the  shape  of  quail,  which  has  been  imported  from  Cali- 
fornia. Japanese  and  Chinese  pheasants  have  also  been 
imported,  and  do  well.  In  the  winter  there  are  wild 
ducks  and  fowls  and  sport  is  exceedingly  fine.  There 
ar.e  also  dove  shooting,  and  plenty  of  upland  plover. 

The  native  "luau"  is  one  of  the  characteristics  of  Ha- 
wiian  hospitality,  and  from  its  beginning  to  its  end  is  ex- 
tremely interesting.  It  is  generally  given  by  several 
persons,  each  one  adding  variety  to  the  edibles.  One  will 
contribute  pie,  another  pig,  dog,  or  fowl,  and  others  fur- 
nish the  fruits  and  fish.  They  all  meet  at  a  designated 
place,  and  the  natives  work  harder  then  than  at  any  other 
time.  Some  gather  the  ferns,  and  ki-leaves,  which  they 
use  in  decoration;  some  dig  the  oven  in  the  ground,  and 
great  care  has  to  be  exercised  in  selecting  stones  that 
will  not  explode  as  they  become  heated. 

After  the  food  is  prepared,  and  placed  in  the  oven,  a 
spread  is  made  on  the  ground  of  ferns  and  ki-leaves. 
When  the  food  is  cooked,  it  is  placed  upon  the  table  pip- 


48  MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS—INHABITANTS. 

ing  hot,  and  every  one  squats  on  the  ground,  with  legs 
folded  under  the  body.  Then  the  feast  begins.  All  eat 
with  their  fingers,  and  cheer  and  good  will  prevail.  The 
participants  gorge  themselves  to  such  an  extent  that  after 
eating  they  lie  upon  the  grass  and  never  have  a  thought 
for  the  morrow. 

On  all  festive  occasions  both  the  males  and  females 
adorn  themselves  with  wreaths  of  flowers  called  leis,  and 
even  in  every  day  life  one  hardly  ever  sees  a  native  that 
is  not  adorned  with  these  garlands  of  flowers.  They  are 
also  considered  a  national  decoration. 

These  garlands  are  made  of  yellow  coreopsis,  tube- 
roses, marigolds  and  plumaria,  and  the  blossoms  are 
strung  in  a  solid  wreath  on  a  bit  of  cocoa  fibre.  On  the 
narrow  sidewalks  of  Hawaii  one  can  see  the  women 
spreading  their  mats  and  setting  out  their  baskets  of 
flowers,  preparatory  to  stringing  leis,  and  while  doing  so 
they  smoke  and  gossip.  These  garlands  are  worn  around 
the  neck  and  upon  the  hat,  some  being  two  yards  in 
length. 

The  second  of  September  commemorates  Liliuokalani's 
birthday,  and  on  these  anniversaries,  while  she  was 
Queen,  she  gave  a  "luau"  and  a  hula  dance  in  the  palace 
grounds. 

The  hula  resembles  very  much  the  "coochee  coochee" 
dance,  and  none  but  the  most  depraved  could  enjoy  wit- 
nessing it.  Sometimes  it  is  performed  to  the  music  of  an 
orchestra,  sometimes  by  the  singing  of  a  wierd  song  and 
the  thumping  of  calabashes. 

The  hula  girls  wear  a  short  frock  reaching  to  the  knees, 


MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS— INHABITANTS.  49 

their  legs  bare,  and  their  ankles  encircled  by  grass  fringe. 
Their  heads  and  shoulders  are  always  ornamented  with 
strings  of  "leis."  The  dance  requires  years  of  training, 
and  cannot  be  learned  by  an  adult,  any  more  than  an  old 
person  could  be  made  an  acrobat. 

In  the  early  history  of  the  Hawaiians  the  natives  were, 
and  continued  to  be,  very  eloquent  speakers.  Their  male 
singers  often  chanted  love  songs,  and  at  times  these  were 
very  excellent,  but  they  had  no  literature.  When  the 
son  of  the  English  missionary.  Air.  William  Ellis,  died, 
the  following  poem  was  composed  in  honor  of  him : 

'*  Alas  !  alas  !  dead  is  my  chief, 

Dead  is  my  lord  and  my  friend ; 

My  friend  in  the  season  of  famine, 

My  friend  in  the  time  of  drought. 

My  friend  in  my  poverty, 

My  friend  in  the  rain  and  the  wind, 

My  friend  in  the  heat  and  the  sun. 

My  friend  in-  the  cold  from  the  mountain, 

My  friend  in  the  storm. 

My  friend  in  the  calm. 

My  friend  in  the  right  seas. 

Alas  !  alas  !  gone  is  my  friend. 

And  no  more  will  return." 
With  the  connections  of  the  early  schools  of  the  isl- 
ands, there  is  much  interest  attached ;  for  there  were  no 
school  books — just  a  few  printed  leaves  on  certain  sub- 
jects which  comprised  the  whole  set  of  text  books.  The 
pupils  would  gather  from  far. and  near,  with  these  few 
leaves  in  their  hands. 

The  school  houses  were  of  the  very  simplest  construc- 
tion, with  only  a  few  openings  for  windows  and  doors  to 


50  MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS— INHABITANTS. 

let  in  light  and  air.  It  was  a  common  method  to  bring 
the  people  together  by  the  blowing  of  a  conch  shell,  and 
that  fashion  is  still  in  vogue  to-day.  When  schools  were 
first  in  session,  its  voice  was  very  powerful.  There  were 
nearly  one  thousand  schools  at  one  time,  attended  in  the 
days  of  popularity  and  success  by  fifty-two  thousand 
pupils,  most  of  whom  were  adults. 

Little  was  taught  except  reading,  writing,  simple  arith- 
metic, and  geography.  In  1832  a  geography  was  printed 
and  bound  without  maps.  This  lack  was  largely  over- 
come by  hanging  on  the  walls  large  hand  drawn  maps. 

The  method  of  instructing  the  pupils  was  to  have  them 
recite  in  concert.  Imagine  the  din  created  by  these  reci- 
tations, as  their  voices  were  not  trained  to  gentle  speak- 
ing !  In  twelve  years  a  great  deal  was  accomplished,  and 
thousands  could. read. 

Some  years  ago  a  native,  who  was  a  fisher  maiden,  fell 
in  love  with  a  Kauai  gentleman  of  prominence,  and  the 
following  letter  was  written  to  him  by  her,  though  it  is 
not  the  usual  mode  of  love  making  in  the  island. 

"To  you  Mr.  Willy  R 

Will  you  please  that  Kaianea  by  my  marriage 

Husband,  if  you  said  yes 

I  want  him.     I  heard  it  was 

a  workman  for  you  and   I  want  him 

to  keep  myself  and  I  to  keep  his 

self  two.    if  you  are  willing  you 

answer  my  letter  if  you  know 

Said  yes  you  sent  back 

my  letter  and  you 
excuse  me,  and  I  sorry 


MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS— INHABITANTS.  51 

to  myself  farewell  to  you 
I  stop  here. 

Anna  Kaumakapili." 

Manual  labor  has  always  been  one  of  the  predominant 
features  of  the  school,  so  a  native  might  learn  to  support 
himself,  and  to  this  day  it  exists. 

The  schools  of  to-day  have  very  finely  developed  in- 
dustrial training  departments,  and  some  o^^tfee  most  in- 
fluential and  strongest  men  of  the  native  stock  the  coun- 
try has  known  have  graduated  from  these,  schools.  ;  *~^ 

It  is  well  worth  noting  that  the  firs^  w^wspaper  pphj 
lished  in  the  Pacific  in   1833  was  fi/Stvissi3e^v'from'*^e 


school  press.  jS^"    p    p        /^ 

Since  the  earlier  days,  boardino^  Vcnobls-^r  gi^^have 


re  are 


>dioT3ls^6r  gi4v^ 
accomplished  a  great  deal  of  goo*ak^  A^p^sent^bJ^r 
seven  such  schools,  four  of^iwHic^  ^  in  ^^(^nolulu. 
Among  the  native  Hawaiiai^Spie  idea  of  Hj^ie.  in  the 
American  or  European  senseTis  little  knoW'^Zjfnd  in  these 
schools  they  teach  the  scholars  to  cultivafigT  love  for  the 
family  and  home  privacy. 

Besides  the  ordinary  education  derived  from  books, 
cooking,  millinery,  tailoring,  and  industries  of  a  similar 
nature  are  taught.  Various  religious  denominations  con- 
duct these  schools,  but  all  with  the  same^aim  in  view. 

In  1839  a  boarding  school  for  boys  was  established  at 
Hifo,  and  it  is  still  in  existence.  The  boys  do  much 
manual  labor,  and  in  this  way  help  pay  their  expenses. 
They  also  raise  a  large  part  of  the  food  which  is  used  on 
the  table.     Carpentry  has  also  a  very  prominent  place. 

Ib  1841,  at  Punahon,  which  is  twenty  miles  from  Hon- 


52  MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS— INHABITANTS. 

olulu,  a  school  was  established  which  was  chiefly  for  the 
education  of  the  children  of  American  missionaries — 
although  from  the  very  first  it  was  attended  by  others. 
In  1849  i^  was  chartered  as  Oahu  College,  and  the  very 
finest  teachers  have  been  engaged  as  instructors,  and 
thorough  education  given.  It  is  a  noted  fact  that  the 
graduates  from  this  school,  that  have  entered  college  in 
the  Eastern  States  have  always  stood  high  in  scholar- 
ship. 

The  present  intention  of  the  trustees  is  to  offer  every 
inducement  to  parents  or  guardians  in  foreign  countries, 
whose  children  or  wards  require  a  milder  climate  than 
offered  in  the  United  States,  to  place  them  there  for 
education.  The  influences  and  surroundings  are  of  the 
highest  character,  and  no  one  need  fear  any  comparison 
with  the  work  done  in  the  United  States. 

The  president  of  Oahu  College  is  Mr.  F.  A.  Hosmer,  a 
gentleman  of  much  ability  and  the  highest  attainments. 

The  Roman  Catholic  Mission  has  schools,  and  books 
are  supplied  from  their  own  press.  There  is  also  a  board- 
ing school,  under  the  direction  of  the  Bishop  of  the 
Church  of  England.  This  school  was  established  about 
1862. 

There  are  certain  laws  attached  to  the  school  which 
make  it  compulsory  for  children  between  the  ages  of  six 
and  fifteen  to  attend,  though  in  cases  where  boys  of 
thirteen  are  particularly  strong  and  active,  they  are  per- 
mitted to  leave  upon  passing  certain  examinations. 
Morality  is  taught,  but  religious  instructions  are  pro- 
hibited. 


MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS— INHABITANTS.  53 

No  person  in  holy  orders  is  allowed  to  be  president  of 
the  Board  of  Education.  This  board  consists  of  six 
members,  and  none  of  them  receives  a  salary.  The 
executive  officer  receives  a  salary  of  two  hundred  dollars 
a  month.  There  is  an  inspector  general,  who  is  required 
to  visit  all  the  schools  from  time  to  time. 

The  school  population  in  1894  numbered  about  fifteen 
thousand,  of  whom  5,177  were  native  Hawaiians,  2,103 
were  part  Hawaiians,  2.551  were  Portuguese,  529 
Chinese,  285  Americans,  184  British,  and  113  Japanese, 
the  remaining  number  consisting  of  a  variety  of  nation- 
alities. Of  the  483  teachers  in  1897  there  were  64  Ha- 
waiians, 63  part  Hawaiians,  226  Americans,  76  British, 
8  Germans,  7  Belgians,  5  French,  6  Scandinavians,  i 
Dutch,  13  Portuguese,  12  Chinese,  and  2  Japanese. 

Use  of  tools  is  taught,  tailoring,  fitting  and  sewing; 
these  are  all  regular  branches  of  instruction.  The  gov- 
ernment schools,  which  are  the  same  as  our  public 
schools,  employ  half  of  flie  number  of  the  teachers  given. 
An  excellent  kindergarten  school  is  also  maintained. 
About  three  hundred  thousand  dollars  is  expended  each 
year  to  support  the  government  schools. 

The  Board  of  Education  is  kept  in  touch  with  the 
schools  of  the  United  States  and  Europe,  and  reports  of 
the  schools  and  their  literature  are  exchanged. 

In  the  islands  are  23,273  Protestants,  26,363  Roman 
Catholics,  and  4,886  Mormons.  This,  of  course,  does 
not  include  all  the  population,  as  there  are  Japanese  and 
Chinese,  who  are  in  all  probability  Buddhists.- 

The  following  are  some  of  the  Hawaiian  proverbs : 


54  MANNERS  AND    CUSTOMS -INHABITANTS. 

"  It  is  better  to  fall  in  battle ;  many  will  be  the  com- 
panions in  death." 

"  Righteousness  enriches  a  nation,  but  wicked  kings 
make  it  poor." 

"  The  breath  of  the  land  is  established  in  righteous- 
ness." 


INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE.  55 


CHAPTER  V. 
INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

There  is  room  on  the  Hawaiian  Islands  for  at  least  ten 
times  its  present  population.  Climate,  soil  and  social 
conditions  all  tend  to  make  a  desirable  home  for  those 
willing  to  work,  who  have  energy  and  a  moderate  cap- 
ital to  begin  with. 

The  soil  of  the  islands  is  red  or  yellow.  The  red  soil 
is  generally  considered  good,  and  the  yellow  poor;  cer- 
tain red  soils  are  very  fertile,  while  many  yellow  ones  are 
sterile.  Experience  has  proved  to  men  engaged  in  agri- 
culture on  the  island  that  while  areas  of  red  land  are  very 
rich  and  fertile,  there  are  still  other  red  soils  on  which 
actually  nothing  will" grow.  Certain  of  the  yellow  soils 
when  first  cultivated  will  yield  good  crops,  but  the  source 
of  fertility  is  short-lived. 

On  the  island  of  Hawaii  are  numerous  sugar  planta- 
tions. There  are  several  hundred  plantations  where  cof- 
fee is  raised,  and  the  owners  range  from  the  man  who  has 
two  hundred  thousand  trees  to  him  who  has  only  an  acre. 
At  present  there  are  thousands  upon  thousands  of  acres 
uncultivated,  awaiting  sturdy  arms,  and  enterprising 
brains  to  develop  them. 

Maui  is  a  very  fine  island,  and  besides  its  sugar  planta- 
tions has  numerous  coffee  lands  ;  especially  in  the  eastern 
part,  which  are  now  being  offered.     Here  also  are  farms 


56  INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

where  potatoes,  corn,  beans  and  pigs  are  raised.     Thou- 
sands of  acres  He  idle  here  as  well  as  in  Hawaii. 

On  the  island  of  Oahu,  a  line  of  railroad  has  been 
constructed,  and  runs  from  the  city  of  Honolulu  to  a  dis- 
tance of  thirty  miles,  along  the  coast.  In  the  future  this 
road  will  be  continued  around  the  island.  Rich  farming 
and  cof¥ee  lands  will  be  opened  up,  and  every  means  of 
transport  for  the  produce  will  be 'offered.  This  road 
offers  special  inducements  to  any  one  wishing  to  invest, 
and  special  rates  should  they  settle. 

Land  can  be  obtained  from  the  government  in  two 
different  ways.  The  cash  freehold  system,  and  the  right 
of  purchase  leases.  Under  the  freehold  system  the  land 
is  sold  at  auction.  The  purchaser  pays  one-quarter  in 
cash,  and  the  rest  in  equal  instalments  of  one,  two  and 
three  years.  Interest  is  charged  upon  the  unpaid  balance 
at  a  rate  of  six  per  cent.  Under  this  system  the  pur- 
chaser is  bound  to  maintain  a  home  from  the  commenc- 
ing of  the  second  year  to  the  end  of  the  third  year. 

The  right  of  purchase  leases  are  drawn  for  twenty-one" 
years,  at  a  rental  of  eight  per  cent,  on  the  appraised  value 
of  the  land.  The  lessee  has  the  privilege  of  purchasing 
the  land  after  the  third  year,  at  the  original  appraised 
value,  provided  twenty-five  per  cent,  of  the  land  has 
been  cultivated,  and  other  conditions  of  the  lease  filled. 
In  this  case  a  home  must  be  maintained  from  the  end 
of  the  first  year  to  the  end  of  the  fifth  year. 

The  homestead  leases  are  intended  to  provide  persons 
without  capital,  and  their  heirs,  with  permanent  homes. 
They  run  nine  hundred  and  ninety-nine  years,  subject  to 


INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE).  57 

continuous  use  of  the  same  as  homes,  and  payment  of 
taxes,  and  certain  conditions  of  improvement.  There  is 
no  rent  and  no  purchase  price.  They  are  Hmited  to 
eight  acres  in  first  class,  and  sixteen  acres  in  second  class 
agricultural  lands. 

The  limit  of  first  class  agricultural  land  obtainable  is 
one  hundred  acres.  This  amount  is  increased  on  land  of 
inferior  quality.  Under  the  above  conditions  the  appli- 
cant must  be  eighteen  years  old,  and  obtain  special  letters 
of  denization. 

Land  can  also  be  obtained  from  the  various  land  and 
investment  companies,  and  from  private  parties. 

All  males  between  the  ages  of  twenty  and  sixty  pay  a 
personal  tax  of  five  dollars^ namely — poll  tax,  one  dollar; 
road  tax,  two  dollars ;  school  tax,  two  dollars.  Land 
pays  a  tax  of  one  per  cent,  on  the  cash  value,  and  per- 
sonal property  a  similar  rate.  Carts  pay  two  dollars, 
brakes  three  dollars,  carriages  five  dollars.  Dogs  one 
dollar,  and  female  dogs  three  dollars. 

The  sugar  industry  was  first  started  in  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  by  its  very  earliest  settlers.  When  they  arrived 
there  they  found  the  sugar  cane  growing  wild  in  great 
luxuriance,  both  in  the  valleys  and  on  the  flats.  Captain 
Cook  in  his  visit  to  the  islands  speaks  of  it  as  being  "  of 
large  size  and  of  good  quality."  In  1837  the  white  cane 
on  the  edges  of  the  woods  in  Maui  was  at  an  elevation 
of  from  two  to  three  thousand  feet. 

There  are  several  varieties  of  cane  on  the  island,  and 
four  or  five  of  them  are  natives.  There  is  the  Kokea, 
which  is  a  greenish  white  cane ;  Papaa,  a  purple  cane ; 


58  INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

Palani,  a  dark  red  cane,  which  looks  Hke  black  Java,  and 
the  Ainakea,  a  green  and  yellow  ribbon  cane.  In  i860 
and  1875  a  yellow  and  green  cane,  which  was  called 
Pualre,  was  popular.  This  cane  is  large  and  sucrose, 
and  having  no  flower,  it  did  not  tassel,  so  could  be 
planted  and  milled  at  any  season  of  the  year. 

In  1854  and  1855  Cuban  cane,  known  as  the  Lahairna, 
was  introduced,  and  it  has  proved  the  most  profitable 
cane  of  any  in  the  islands.  This  is  also  the  favorite  cane 
in  Cuba.  It  is  juicy,  rich  in  sucrose,  and  the  wood  is 
hard,  which  preverrts  rats  from  boring  it.  It  also  fur- 
nishes  fuel  for  the  sugar  factories. 

The  earliest  sugar  manufacturer  is  said  to  be  a  China- 
man, who  came  to  the  islands  in  1802,  trading  for  sandal 
wood. 

It  is  quite  certain,  however,  that  syrup  and  molasses 
were   manufactured  before  sugar. 

In  1835  Messrs.  Ladd  &  Company  had  the  first  sugar 
mill  of  any  importance.  Everything  then  was  very  crude 
and  primitive,  and  only  one  grade  of  sugar  was  made. 
The  market  was  limited  and  uncertain,  but  under  many 
discouraging  difficulties  the  industry  was  kept  alive  till 
1857,  when  there  were  only  five  plantations  on  the 
islands. 

In  1858  and  1859  steam  was  adopted  as  the  motive 
power  of  the  mills.  In  1861  the  number  of  the  planta- 
tions had  increased  to  twenty-two ;  nine  used  steam  for 
grinding,  twelve  were  driven  by  water,  and  one  by  animal 
power. 

At  this  time  the  Civil  War  in  the  United  States  was 


INDUSTRIES  AND   COMMERCE.  59 

raging,  and  the  price  of  sugar  in  kegs  went  up  ten  cents. 
This  was  what  gave  the  industry  its  first  incentive,  and 
from  the  output  of  two  thousand  six  hundred  tons  in 
1863  exported,  it  had  increased  to  thirteen  thousand  tons 
in  1876.  The  price,  however,  did  not  continue  so  high. 
When  the  reciprocity  treaty  with  the  United  States  took 
effect  and  allowed  sugar  to  go  to  the  United  States  free, 
this  industry  flourished  and  increased  rapidly. 

Farmers  and  business  men  went  from  America,  and 
put  new  life  and  fresh  ideas  into  the  industry.  More 
powerful  mills  were  built,  and  new  plantations  started. 
The  latest  machinery  wa's  introduced,  and  now  the  mills 
compare  favorably  ^  with  any  in  the  United  States,  but 
room  is  always  open  for  improvement. 

There  are  forty-seven  plantations  now  in  operation, 
but  none  as  large  as  some  of  the  Cuban  plantations.  Mr. 
H.  P.  Baldwin  states  that  "  the  McKinley  bill  repealing 
the  duty  on  sugar  was  a  heavy  blow  to  the  industry,  as 
'under  the  treaty  with  the  United  States  Hawaiian  sugars 
were  imported  into  the  United  States  duty  free.  The 
action  of  Congress  in  1894  imposing  a  duty  of  forty  per 
cent,  ad  valorem  is  only  a  partial  relief,  especially  as  the 
price  of  sugar  in  the  world's  market  is  so  very  low. 
While  the  more  favored  plantations  can  clear  a  small 
margin  in  the  business,  a  great  many  are  running  at  a 
loss.  They  hold  on,  however,  in  hopes  of  better  times, 
and  a  rise  in  the  price  of  sugar.  A  few  sugar  estates  have 
been  closed  up  entirely  and  the  sugar  works  dismantled. 
In  1882  there  were  fifty-seven  plantations  on  the  islands. 
Last  year  the  number  was  only  forty-seven.     In  one  or 


6()  INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

two  instances  two  or  three  small  plantations  consolidated 
into  one.  This  will  account  in  part  for  the  above  de- 
crease in  the  number  of  plantations,  but  it  is  due  mainly 
to  plantations  that  have  been  abandoned. 

"  The  first  exportation  of  sugar  and  molasses  that  we 
have  any  account  of  was  in  1837,  when  the  sugar  ex- 
ported was  4.286  pounds  and  2,700  gallons  of  molasses. 
We  now  export  300,000,000  pounds  of  sugar  and  50,000 
gallons  of  molasses.  This  is  undoubtedly  the  maximum 
amount  that  will  be  produced  on  the  islands." 

He  also  goes  on  to  state  that  "  the  diffusion  process 
was  first  introduced  into  the  country  seven  or  eight  years 
ago.  This  is  a  process  of  extracting  the  juice  by  means 
of  a  battery  of  cells,  consisting  of  from  twelve  to  fourteen 
large  iron  containers.  The  cane  is  first  sliced  up  fine 
with  sHcing  machines,  and  then  conveyed  on  carriers  to 
the  battery.  Each  cell  is  filled  alternately,  and  the  su- 
crose is  extracted  by  means  of  water  heated  to  150  de- 
grees and  200  degrees  Fahrenheit,  which  is  circulated 
through  the  battery.  The  first  diffusion  plant  was- 
erected  at  Keah'a,  Kauai,  a  plantation  owned  by  Colonel 
L.  S.  Spalding.  Colonel  Spalding  deserves  the  credit 
of  having  introduced  and  made  a  success  of  this  method 
of  extracting  juice.  Since  then  five  diffusion  works  have 
been  erected,  making  six  in  all ;  of  these  four  are  now 
running,  and  at  least  three  doing  satisfactory  work.  The 
diffusion  plants,  when  properly  constructed  and  success- 
fully worked,  have  obtained  better  results  than  the  best 
mill  work  in  the  country,  with  the  exception  perhaps  of 
a  large  nine  roller  mill  lately  erected  on  the  Ewa  Planta- 


INDUSTRIES  AND  COMiMERCE.  6l 

tion,  Oahn.  The  result  j^f  this  mill  (1895)  has  not  been 
fully  ascertained.  The  loss  in  mill  extraction  is  from  ten 
to  eighteen  per  cent.,  whereas  diffusion  extracts  to  within 
five  per  cent.  We  have  both  diffusion  and  mills  on  the 
plantation  I  am  interested  in,  and  I  give  it  as  my  opinion 
that  with  more  powerful  mills,  and  more  rollers  in  our 
mills  than  we  have,  the  result  in  extraction  will  be  nearly 
as  great  as  in  diffusion,  the  cost  of  manufacture  less,  and 
in  general  the  result  more  satisfactory." 

The  Pacific  coast  and  the  United  States  have  always 
been  the  principal  markets  for  Hawaiian  sugar.  Ship- 
ments have  been  made  to  Australia,  and  New  York  and 
Canada  has  been  talked  of  as  an  outlet,  but  California 
has  been  the  best  market  so  far. 

The  islands  have  all  the  latest  implements  used  in 
agriculture.  Where  the  land  permits,  the  steam  plough 
is  used.  Most  of  the  plantation  fields  are  irrigated,  with 
the  exception  of  those  on  the  island  of  Hawaii.  As  the 
interiors  of  the  islands  are  mountainous,  the  sugar  planta- 
tions are  near  the  seacoast,  and  some  yield  an  average  of 
six  or  seven  tons  of  sugar  an  acre. 

Nearly  all  the  labor  on  the  plantations  is  done  by  Ha- 
waiians,  Portuguese,  Chinese  and  Japanese.  They  are 
all  good  workers.  The  Hawaiians  are  good  teamsters, 
Portuguese  do  the  heavy  work,  and  the  Chinese  and 
Japanese  factory  work.  The  Japanese  are  not  so  easily 
managed  as  the  Chinese.  For  those  Portuguese  and 
Japanese  who  cannot  defray  their  own  expenses,  the 
planter  will  advance  money  for  their  passage,  and  they 
then  work  on  contract  for  a  given  time. 


62  INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

Engineers    on    plantations    receive    from    $125.00    to 
$175.00  per  month,  house  and  firewood  furnished. 

Sugar  boilers  receive    from    $125.00    to    $175.00    per 
month,  house  and  firewood  furnished.     Blacksmiths  on 
plantations,  $50.00  to  $100.00  per  month,  house  and  fire- 
wood furnished.     Carpenters  on  plantations,  $50.00  to 
$100.00  per  month,  house  and  firewood  furnished.   Loco- 
motive drivers,  $40.00  to  $95.00  per  month,  room  and 
board  furnished.     Head  overseers,  $100.00  to  $150.00  per 
month.     Under  overseers,  $30.00  to  $50.00  per  month, 
with    room    and    board.     Bookkeepers    on    plantation, 
$100.00  to  $175.00  per  month,   with  room   and  board. 
Teamsters   (white),  $30.00  to  $40.00,  room  and  board. 
Hawaiians,  $25.00  to  $30.00,  and  no  board.    Field  labor, 
Portuguese  and  Hawaiians,  $16.00  to  $18.00  per  month, 
no  board.     Chinese  and  Japanese  field  labor,  $12.50  to 
$15.00  per  month,  no  board.     Bricklayers  and  masons 
in  Honolulu  receive  from  $5  to  $6  per  day ;  carpenters, 
$2.50  to  $5.00;  machinists,  $3.00  to  $5.00  per  day  of  nine 
hours.     The  domestic  labor  in  Honolulu,  and  in  fact  all 
parts  of  the  island,  as  has  been  said  before,  has  for  many 
years  been  performed  by  Chinese.     During  the  last  tew 
■  years  Japanese  have  entered  this  field,  and  the  Japanese 
women  are  in  special  demand  for  nurses. 

Chinese  and  Japanese  cooks  get  from  $3.00  to  $6.00  per 
week,  board  and  room.  Nurses  and  house  servants, 
$8.00  to  $12.00  per  month,  room  and  board.  Seam- 
stresses get  $1.00  per  day  and  one  meal. 

In  the  year   1895  the  exports  amounted  to  $8,474,- 


INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE.  63 

138.15,  and  the  imports  to  $5,339,785.04.  Of  the  exports 
$7,975,590.41  were  accredited  to  sugar. 

Of  the  imports  $4,121,920.22  came  from  Pacific  ports 
of  the  United  States,  $394,399.16  from  Atlantic  ports,  a 
total  of  $4,516,319.38,  leaving  but  $1,197,698  for  every 
other  nation  that  the  Hawaiian  Islands  have  commercial 
relations  with.  In  1895,  91  per  cent,  of  all  the  whole 
business  of  the  islandc  was  done  with  the  United  States. 
Vfter  sugar,  the  next  greatest  industry  of  the  islands 
IS  coffee.  No  finer  cofifee  in  the  world  is  produced  than 
that  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  but  it  requires  the  greatest 
care,  and  a  crop  is  not  produced  till  the  third  year  from 
the  time  of  planting.  In  the  fifth  year  a  good  realization 
is  made  upon  the  investment. 

In  case  any  of  the  readers  of  this  book  should  desire 
to  emigrate  to  the  islands,  a  condensed  description  of  th(? 
method  of  cultivating  the  cofifee  plant  is  given. 

Coflfee  is  a  shrub,  and  it  requires  a  loose  porous  soil. 
In  heavy,  clayey  ground  which  holds  much  water  it  does 
not  thrive  well.  Still  tiTere  is  very  little  such  land  in  the 
Hawaiian  Islands,  for  the  soil  is  generally  porous. 

Coffee  thrives  well  and  gives  good  results  in  various 
conditions  of  soil  and  heat.  In  these  islands  it  grows 
and  produces  from  very  nearly  at  the  sea  level  to  the 
elevation  of  26,200  feet.  With  such  a  range  it  is  evident 
that  in  a  tropical  climate  the  cultivation  of  coffee  presents 
greater  opportunities  for  an  investor  than  other  tropical 
products.  In  almost  any  part  of  the  island  practical  ex- 
perience has  shown  it  can  be  grown  with  success. 

The  beginning  of  the  cofifee  industry  on  a  large  scale  in 


64  INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

the  Hawaiian  Islands  was  at  the  time  when  the  Olaa  por- 
tion of  the  Puna  district  was  opened  up  by  the  making 
of  a  good  macadamized  road  from  Hilo  to  the  volcano. 
Now  there  are  fift}^  cofifee  plantations  where  six  years  ago 
stood  tangled  and  overgrown  forests.  In  this  location 
there  are  still  ten  thousand  acres  not  in  use.  This  loca- 
tion is  most  desirable,  as  it  has  direct  communication 
with  Hilo,  by  a  good  road,  and  a  crop  could  be  easily 
taken  to  any  shipping  point,  ^nd  before  long  a  railroad 
will  be  built.  The  soil  of  this  district  is  deep  and  very 
prolific.  Other  portions  of  land  are  equally  fertile  and 
show  good  results. 

Many  plantations  are  carried  on  simply  from  the  sav- 
ings of  people  who  are  at  work  in  Honolulu. 

The  greatest  cofifee  districts  are  the  Olaa,  Puna  Koua 
and  Hamakua.  As  fast  as  circumstance  permits  govern- 
ment lands  are  being  opened  up.  In  order  that  satis- 
factory results  may  be  obtained  the  cofifee  should  be 
properly  planted,  and  during  its  life  given  frequent  and 
intelligent  cultivation. 

After  first  obtaining  possession  of  land,  a  nursery 
should  be  planted,  in  order  that  as  soon  as  possible  the 
plants  may  be  strong  and  healthy.  The  best  plants  are 
those  that  have  been  grown  from  a  properly  prepared 
nursery.  The  next  best  are  nursery  stumps.  It  is 
strongly  advised  for  a  beginner  to  purchase  his  plants, 
but  the  second  year  he  should  have  a  nursery  of  his  own 
to  select  the  best  and  strongest  from.  One  acre  of  plants 
is  sufficient  for  a  plantation  of  seventy-five  acres.  One 
should  select  his  nursery  land  as  near  his  plantation  as 


INDUSTRIES  AND   COMMERCE.  65 

possible,  and  to  insure  good  drainage  it  Should  be  on  a 
slight  slope.  The  ground  should  be  free  from  rocks  and 
stones.  After  ploughing  the  soil  it  should  be  made  as 
line  as  possible.  Beds  should  then  be  made,  six  inches 
high  and  three  feet  apart,  and  the  seeds  planted  six  inches 
apart  and  three-quarters  of  an  inch  deep.  The  seeds 
should  be  placed  flat  down  and  covered  by  brushing  over 
tlic  surface  of  the  bed.  The  soil  should  always  be  kept 
moist,  and  in  case  of  lack  of  rain,  should  be  well  watered. 
In  six  or  seven  weeks  the  sprouts  should  begin  to  appear. 
In  transplanting  only  every  other  plant  should  be  taken 
up.  Thus  more  room  is  given  for  those  left  to  grow  and 
become  stocky. 

After  cleaning  your  land,  which  can  be  done  for  from 
twenty  to  fifty  dollars  an  acre,  by  a  gang  of  Chinese  or 
Japanese,  holes  are  dug  for  the  receptacle  of  the  young 
trees.  The  distance  at  which  these  trees  should  be  placed 
is  a  matter  of  much  argument,  and  in  dififerent  countries 
it  varies ;  but  a  distance  of  six  feet  five  inches  apart  is  the 
general  method  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  Trees  planted 
this  far  apart  yield  better  than  trees  planted  closer.  The 
rows  are  usually  pegged  out,  and  pieces  of  red  cloth  are 
laid  where  holes  are  to  be  dug.  These  holes  should  be 
eighteen  inches  wide  and  eighteen  inches  deep,  and 
should  remain  open  as  long  as  possible,  and  only  filled 
in  a  week  or  so  before  planting  the  trees.  It  is  always 
well  to  see  that  there  are  no-stones  or  rocks  at  the  bottom 
of  the  holes. 

The  most  extreme  care  should  be  taken  in  planting 
out  the  young  trees.     The  trees  will  never  thrive  if  the 


66  INDUSTRIEvS  AND  COMMERCE. 

slender  top  root  is  doubled  up,  or  shortened  too  much. 
The  foliage  will  turn  yellow,  and  the  trees  show  every 
sign  of  decay.  The  top  roots  should  be  placed  perfectly 
straight  in  the  ground,  and  the  lateral,  roots  in  a  natural 
"position.  Then  comes  tlie  time  for  weeding,  and  **a  stitch 
in  time  saves  nine  ''  has  its  fullest  meaning  in  a  coflfee 
estate. 

On  the  Hawaiian  Islands  there  are  no  weeds  which 
run  to  seed  in  less  than  thirty  days,  and  if  care  is  taken  in 
going  over  the  fields  once  a  month  and  pulling  and  bury- 
ing any  weed  that  is  found,  the  labor  of  weeding  amounts 
to  very  little.  If  taken  at  the  proper  time  one  man  can 
do  the  weeding  of  twenty-five  acres  and  keep  it  clean. 

During  the  first  year  after  the  trees  are  set  out  all  that 
is  necessary  to  do  is  to  keep  the  fields  clean  of  weeds, 
and  to  replace  any  sickly  trees,  or  those  that  do  not  look 
strong,  from  the  nursery.  The  second  year  the  trees  will 
have  acquired  a  good  growth,  and  require  handling  or 
pruning.  This  is  quite  an  art,  and  it  needs  a  great  deal 
of  patience  to  break  in  laborers  to  do  this  work  welL 
When  steadily  persisted  in,  however,  the  operation  be- 
comes more  simple. 

During  all  the  second  year  the  fields  should  be  gone 
over  at  least  once  in  every  two  months,  and  all  sec- 
ondaries, which  are  branches  growing  out  from  the  first 
branches,  should  be  rubbed  off.  This  can  be  easily  done 
by  the  fingers,  if  they  are  not  over  three  inches  long. 

During  the  third  year  the  tree  blossoms.  They  vary 
from  ten  to  fifteen  clusters  on  one  branch,  and  from 
fifteen  twentv  berries  in  a  cluster.     Some  trees  thrive  in 


INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE.  67 

the  second  year,  but  it  is  wiser  to  rut  all  the  blossoms  off, 
as  it  is  very  apt  to  weaken  a  tree  to  bear  a  crop  at  so 
early  an  age. 

One  of  the  greatest  things  of  importance  is  that  a  tree 
should  not  be  overburdened  with  growing  wood.  It 
may  be  interesting  to  note  right  here  that  coffee  only 
grows  on  wood  of  the  second  year's  growth,  and  does  not 
grow  on  the  same  wood  again.  The  third  year  the  trees 
require  topping.  As  to  this  matter  there  is  also  a  diver- 
sity of  opinions.  Some  say  four  and  a  half  feet,  and 
others  six  or  seven  feet.  But  if  topped  as  low  as  one  and 
a  half  feet  or  not  topped  at  all  the  coffee  tree  will  not  bear 
fruit.  If  topped  at  four  and  a  l:alf  feet  it  is  more  con- 
venient to  pick  the  crop.  In  curing  the  crop,  machinery 
must  be  employed,  in  order  that  the  coffee  may  be  put  in 
a  proper  shape  on  the  market.  The  machinery  required 
is  not  very  expensive,  and  consists  of  a  set  of  pulpers, 
peelers  and  separators.  These  can  all  be  bought  from 
agents  in  Honolulu,  who  handle  the  best  of  foreign  man- 
ufactures. With  these  machines  a  crop  can  be  pulped, 
washed,  cured  to  perfection  and  sorted  into  several  grades 
of  coffee.  Coffee  that  is  washed  and  pulped  commands 
a  higher  price  in  the  London  markets  than  that  which  is 
dry  hulled. 

Below  is  given  an  estimate  of  establishing  and  main- 
taining a  coffee  plantation  of  seventy-five  acres,  from  the 
first  to  the  seventh  year. 

FIRST  YEAR. 
Purchase  of  100  acres  of  government  land  at 

$10.00  per  acre $1 ,000.00 


68  INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

I\Ianager's  house  and  water  tank 600.00 

Laborers'  quarters  and  water  tank 350.00 

Clearing  50  acres  of  land  at  $20.00  per  acre.  .  1,000.00 

Fencing 300.00 

x'urchase  of  65,000  i -year-old  coffee  plants  at 

$5.00  per  M 325-00 

Lining,  holing  and  planting  50  acres 600.00 

Managers'  salary,  i  year 1,200.00 

Labor  of  6  Japanese  i  year,  at  $15  per  month.  1,080.00 

Purchase  of  tools  and  starting  nursery 500.00 

$6,955.00 
SECOND  YEAR. 

?vlanager's  salary $1,200.00 

Labor  6  Japanese 1,080.00 

Extra  labor  lining,   holing  and  planting  25 

acres 300.00 

Sundries 500.00 

$3,080.00 
THIRD  YEAR. 

Manager's  salary $1,200.00 

Labor  9  Japanese 1,620.00 

Pulping  shed  and  drying  house 500.00 

Pulper,  with  engine  and  boiler 500.00 

Extra  help  for  picking,  pulping  and  drying 
20,000  pounds  of  coffee  from  50  acres  (at  4 

cents  per  pound) 800.00 

Hulling  and  polishing  and  grading  20,000  lbs. 

of  coffee  at  i  cent 200.00 

Sundries,  bags,  freight,  etc 250.00 

$5,070.00 
Credit- 
By  sale  of  20,000  lbs.  of  coffee  at  i8c $3,600.00 


INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE.  69 

FOURTH  YEAR. 

Manager's  salary   $1,200.00 

Labor  9  Japanese 1,620.00 

Labor  extra  picking,  pulping  and  dr}'ing 
50,000  lbs.   of  coffee  from   50  acres  (at  4 

cents  per  lb.) 2,000.00 

10,000  lbs.  from  25  acres  (3-year-old  trees) .  .  .  400.00 

Hulling,  polishing  and  grading  60.000  lbs.  at 

I   cent    600.00 

Sundries,  bags,  freight,  etc 400.00 

$6,220.00 

Credit- 
By  sale  of  60.000  lbs.  coffee  at  i8c $10,800.00 

FIFTH  YEAR. 

Manager's  salary   $1,200.00 

Labor  9  Japanese 1,620.00 

Picking,  pulping  and  drying  60.000  lbs.  coffee 
from  50  acres,  and  25.000  lbs.  from  25  acres, 

at  4  cents 3.400.00 

Hulling,  polishing  and  grading  85,000  lbs.  at 

I  cent  per  lb 850.00 

Sundries,  bags,  freight,  etc 500.00 

$7,570.00 
Credit- 
By  sale  of  85.000  lbs.  coffee  at  18  cents $15,300.00 

Balance  on  hand 905.00 

SIXTH  YEAR. 

Manager's  salary $1,200.00 

Labor  9  Japanese 1,620.00 

Picking,  pulping  and  drying  75.000  lbs.  coffee 
from  50  acres  and  25,000  lbs.  from  25  acres, 
100.000  lbs.  at  4  cents 4,ooc,oo 


70  INDTJSTRIEvS  AND  COMMERCE. 

Hulling,  polishing  and  grading  100,000  lbs.  at 

I  cent 1,000.00 

Sundries,  bags,  freight,  etc 1,000.00 

$8,820.00 
Credit- 
By  sale  of  100,000  lbs.  of  coffee  at  18  cents.  . .   $18,000.00 
Balance  on  hand 10,085.00 

SEVENTH  YEAR. 

Manager's  salary  $1,200.00 

Labor  9  Japanese 2,160.00 

Picking,  pulping  and  drying   125,000  lbs.  of 

coffee  at  4  cents 5,500.00 

Hulling,  polishing  and  grading   125,000  lbs. 

at  I  cent i  ,250.00 

Sundries,  bags,  freight,  etc 1,200.00 

$11,310.00 

Credit- 
By  sale  of  125,000  lbs.  of  coffee  at  18  cents.  .  .   $22,500.00 
Balance  to  credit    of    plantation    at    end    of 

seventh  year .   21,275.00 

The  yields  as  given  in  this  estimate  are  far  below  what 
may  be  attained  by  thorough  cultivation  and  fertilizing. 
The  coffee  tree  responds  readily  when  under  good  treat- 
ment, but  if  neglected  it  disappoints  its  owner. 

While  a  coffee  planter  is  waiting  for  his  trees  to  grow 
and  yield  returns  on  his  investment,  living  must  be  close, 
and  cash  must  be  paid  out  for  the  necessary  improve- 
ments, but  he  can  plant  other  things  which  will  provide 
food  for  himself  and  his  family,  and  which  will  also  yield 
a  moderate  income.     The  soil  and  climate  will  grow  al- 


INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE.  7r 

most  anything  that  grows  in  other  countries.  The  land 
is  there,  the  chniate  is  there,  it  only  requires  brains  and 
a  small  capital  combined  with  energy  to  realize,  in  one- 
fourth  the  time,  such  comfort  and  independence  as  can- 
not be  realized  in  old  countries. 

Green  and  sweet  corn,  Irish  and  sweet  potatoes,  beans, 
tomatoes,  lettuce,  radishes,  cabbage,  cauliflower,  pump- 
kins, and  squashes  all  grow  and  thrive  well.  Straw- 
berries and  raspberries  grow  the  year  around.  A  native 
peach  does  well,  and  bears  fruit  in  two  years  from  seed. 
They  are  smaller  than  our  American  peaches,  but  very 
sweet  and  juicy,  and  make  delicious  preserves.  There  is 
also  the  mango,  a  tropical  fruit  free,  which  is  much  liked 
by  every  one.  and  the  fruit  when  green  is  made  into 
preserves,  resembling  our  apple  butter.  The  Paha  is  a 
quick  growing  shrub,  bearing  a  berry  that  makes  ex- 
cellent jam.  A  patch  of  pohas  planted  -in  a  garden 
grows  one  to  four  feet  high,  and  yields  a  supply  of  fruit 
almost  without  cultivation. 

Any  land  that  will  grow  coffee  will  grow  bananas,  and 
there  is  no  limit  to  the  productions  of  this  fruit  on  the 
large  islands  of  Hawaii.  They  can  be  raised  at  an  ex- 
tremely low  rate,  and  although  it  is  still  in  its  infancy,  the 
trade  amounts  to  one  hundred  thousand  bunches,  valued 
at  one  hundred  thousand  dollars. 

There  is  also  no  limit  to  the  production  of  pineapples. 
In  1895  the  pineapples  sent  to  San  Francisco  amounted 
to  the  value  of  nine  thousand  dollars.  The  guava,  which 
grows  wild,  could  be  put  up  profitably  for  the  manu- 


72  INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

facture  of  guava  jelly.  Well  made  guava  jelly  can  find 
a  market  anywhere. 

The  cocoa  or  chocolate  tree  will  grow  and  yield  fair  re- 
turns in  certain  districts.  Among  other  trees  and  plants 
which  will  yield  after  the  lapse  of  a  few  years  are  the 
Ceara  rubber  tree,  the  Para  rubber  tree,  and  the  camphor 
tree.  This  latter  tree  will  grow  almost  anywhere  on  these 
islands,  where  there  is  a  sufficient  rainfall.  Camphor  is 
obtained  from  the  wood  and  roots  by  distillation. 

Rice,  neither  the  European  or  American  can  culti- 
vate, as  laborers.  It  requires  working  on  marshy  land, 
and  though  on  the  islands  it  yields  two  crops  a  year,  none 
but  the  Chinaman  can  raise  it  successfully. 

Maize  and  wheat  are  raised,  and  flour  is  manufactured. 

A  fibre  plant  of  great  promise  is  the  sisal  plant.  In 
some  respects  the  prospect  of  this  industry  is  greater  than 
the  bowstring  hemp,  by  reason  of  the  totally  different 
character  of  the  soil  required  for  its  successful  cultiva- 
tion. While  the  bowstring  hemp  requires  a  rich,  wet 
land  to  do  well,  and  gives  a  large  yield  of  fibre  per  acre, 
the  sisal  will  thrive  and  give  the  best  results  on  the  dryest 
lands  that  are  to  be  found  on  the  islands,  always  provid- 
ing there  is  sufficient  soil  for  the  roots  to  get  a  foothold. 
There  are  thousands  of  acres  of  such  lands  that  are  prac- 
tically useless,  but  which  by  the  means  of  the  sisal  plant 
may  be  made  to  support  thousands  of  people,  and  add  to 
the  wealth  of  the  country  far  beyond  the  dreams  of  the 
most  sanguine. 

Cotton  is  a  possible  industry,  as  it  is  well  suited  to  the 
climate  and  soil  of  the  islands. 


INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE.  7  3 

In  1895  the  exports  accredited  to  coffee  were  ^22,- 
823.68;  to  bananas,  $102,599.25,  and  pineapples,  $8,- 
738.84. 

There  has  been  a  steady  increase  in  the  importation  of 
musical  instruments  in  the  past  three  years,  the  list  com- 
prising fifty-four  pianos,  twenty  parlor  organs,  five  hun- 
dred and  sixty-nine  guitars,  thirty-three  banjos,  twen- 
ty-eight mandolins,  forty-seven  violins,  and  other  musical 
instruments. 

Plantation  labor  statistics  from  the  latest  report  of  the 
Secretary  of  the  Bureau  of  Immigration,  1897,  are  as  fol- 
lows :  One  thousand  six  hundred  and  fifteen  Hawaiians, 
2,268  Portuguese,  6,289  Chinese,  115  South  Sea  Isl- 
anders, and  all  others  600.  The  market  for  all  kinds  of 
labor  is  overstocked,  so  it  would  be  very  unwise  for  any 
one  to  go  to  the  islands  without  capital,  on  the  mere 
chance  of  getting  employment. 

The  total  value  of  fresh  fruits  imported  to  the  islands 
during  the  year  1896  was  $14,154.97,  most  of  which  was 
received  from  California  and  her  sister  States.  There 
were  forty-four  barrels,  and  seven  thousand  and  nmety- 
nine  boxes  of  apples,  one  thousand  four  hundred  and  six- 
ty-eight boxes  of  oranges,  six  hundred  and  seventy-five 
boxes  of  limes,  four  hundred  and  seventy-six  boxes  o^ 
pears,  two  hundred  and  eighty  of  plums,  one  hundrec 
and  eighty  of  cherries,  and  one  hundred  and  thirty-seven 
of  peaches. 

There  are  twenty-five  miles  of  railroad  in  operation  on 
the  island  of  Hawaii,  seven  miles  in  Maui,  twenty-five 


74  INDXIvSTRIES    AND    COMMERCE. 

miles  in  Oahu,  in  the  vicinity  of  Pearl  Harbor,  and  lit- 
teen  miles  at  Wiane ;  total  length  of  seventy-two  miles. 


HONOLULU.  75 


CHAPTER  VI. 

HONOLULU. 

Honolulu  is  situated  on  the  south  side  of  the  island 
Oahu,  and  on  account  of  the  good,  anchorage  and  shel- 
tered position  of  its  harbor,  it  has  been  given  the  rank  of 
the  capital  city  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  still  before  it  be- 
gan to  be  the  resort  of  commerce  it  was  all  but  unknown 
m  the  history  of  the  country.  Honolulu  is  nearly  central 
to  the  whole  group  of  islands,  and  the  harbor  is  decidedly 
better  adapted  than  any  other  to  meet  the  wants  of  a 
commercial  metropolis. 

Captain  Brown  of  the  English  ship  "Butterworth/'  is 
said  to  be  the  first  one  who  discovered  Honolulu,  and  he 
gave  it  the  name  of  "Fairhaven."  This  name  was  very 
appropriate  to  the  place,  but  it  soon  fell  into  disuse  when 
a  native  substitute  was  found  for  it. 

Within  a  few  years  after  its  discovery,  Honolulu  was 
the  most  important  port  in  Kamehameha's  kingdom.  Its 
great  merit  lay  in  the  fact  that  it  was  safe  in  all  seasons 
of  the  year,  and  in  almost  any  weather.  It  is  sheltered  by 
the  land  from  all  quarters  but  the  south,  and  it  is  only 

ry  seldom  that  it  blows  a  gale  from  that  direction. 
Even  then,  although  the  entrance  cannot  be  attempted, 
the  roughness  of  the  sea  is  abated  for  the  ships  lying 


76  HONOLULU. 

within  by  the  outlying  reef  which  bounds  the  inner  har- 
bor. 

As  soon  as  the  whalers  began  to  frequent  the  place  in 
numbers,  a  town  quickly  sprung  up,  and  in  1820  Hono- 
lulu contained  six  or  seven  thousand  inhabitants,  while 
to-day  its  population  reaches  thirty  thousand. 

Many  persons  have  variously  described  the  view  of 
Honolulu  as  they  approached  it  from  the  sea.  Some 
have  gone  into  raptures  over  it,  whilst  others  have  been 
disappointed.  Unless  the  traveler  has  been  led  to  ex- 
pect something  extremely  wonderful,  he  cannot  fail  to  be 
charmed  with  the  view  of  the  city  and  its  surrounding 
scenery,  as  seen  from  the  deck  of  an  incoming  steamer. 

It  is  quite  true  that  the  hills  of  Oahu  have  not  that 
same  luxurious  vegetation  that  so  many  islands  of  the 
Southern  Pacific  are  noted  for,  and  the  city  has  no  par- 
ticular building  to  attract  attention,  but  without  doubt 
Honolulu  is  a  prettier  place  to  gaze  at  from  the  sea  than 
nineteen  out  of  twenty  cities  to  be  found  anywhere  on 
the  face  of  the  globe.  It  has  been  rightly  called  ''a  city 
in  a  grove." 

To  me,  standing  upon  the  top  of  the  Punch  Bowl,  the 
city  is  a  mass  of  beautiful  green  foliage,  with  here  and 
there  a  flag  pole,  indicating  that  somewhere  beneath  the 
tree  tops  is  a  dwelling.  Twenty-five  years  ago  little 
could  be  said  of  praise  in  regard  to  the  city,  however 
pleased  one  might  be  with  the  surrounding  scenery.  The 
streets  were  dusty,  houses  insignificant,  irregularly  built 
and  located,  with  scarcely  a  tree  anywhere  to  be  seen. 
All  this  is  now  changed,  and  by  nothing  more  than  the 


HONOLULU.  77 

growth  of  the  trees,  at  present  so  universally  to  b?  found 
throughout  town  and  suburb. 

The  city  is  very  clean,  and  one  is  struck  by  the  a])sence 
of  poverty  and  squalor.  There  is  no  smoke  or  soot,  and 
scarcely  any  dust,  for  the  streets  are  constantly  swept. 
The  filthy  aheys  and  unsightly  premises,  which  so  often 
offend  the  sight  and  smell  in  American  towns,  are  never 
found  in  Honolulu,  and  even  about  the  tiniest  houses  oc- 
cupied by  Chinese  and  Portuguese  one  may  see  neat 
fences,  gardens  with  a  variety  of  flowers  and  vines  trained 
against  the  v.alls,  where  figs  can  ripen  upon  the  trellises. 

Honolulu  is  built  on  low  ground  with  towering  hills  at 
her  back,  and  the  lovely  sea  in  front.  It  is,  indeed  ,a  ciey 
of  foliage,  whose  tropical  trees  are  laden  with  a  variety  of 
bloom  and  fragrance. 

A  few  of  the  most  important  buildings  reach  the  tree 
tops,  but  for  the  most  part  the  houses  and  stores  are  com- 
pletely hidden  by  rich  evergreen  foliage.  This  alone 
gives  a  character  of  its  own  to  Honolulu  w^hich,  charming 
as  it  is  when  seen  from  the  sea,  is  still  more  delightful 
when  its  cool  shade  is  experienced  in  the  streets  and 
gardens  of  the  town. 

The  first  evidence  of  commercial  activity  of  the  port 
which  the  visitor  sees  is  the  large  and  very  substantial 
wharf,  or  dock,  as  it  is  usually  designated.  Here  the 
large  steamers  of  the  Mail  Service  can  and  do  lie  along- 
side with  ease.  On  the  wharf  is  an  immense  landing 
shed,  and  back  of  this  a  large  stone  building,  occupied  as 
a  warehouse  for  bonded  goods.  Along  the  shore  to  the 
west  is  a  series  of  wharves.     Next  to  the  one  used  by  the 


78  HONOLULU. 

Steamers  is  the  wharf  of  Messrs.  Wilder  &  Co.,  who  are 
extensively  engaged  in  the  lumber  trade,  and  they  are 
the  owners  of  the  steamer  ''Like-like,"  which  runs  to  the 
other  islands ;  this  wharf  is  a  very  busy  one. 

Next  to  this  lumber  dock  i^  one  which  is  owned  by  the 
Government,  and  is  used  almost  entirely  by  foreign  ves- 
sels. 

Wharves  of  Messrs.  Allen  and  Robinson  anc'  Messrs. 
.Brener  &  Co.  follow  next,  and  then  the  Fish  Market 
wharf. 

All  of  these  docks  have  deep  water  at  theii  sides. 

The  ship43uilding  yards  of  Messrs.  Tibbett  and  Soven- 
sen  and  ]Mr.  Emmes  are  also  here,  and  they  have  accom- 
modations for  vessels  of  considerable  size. 

Facing  the  Government  wharf,  which  is  termed  the 
"Esplanade  Wharf,"  are  the  large  Custom  House  build- 
ings. These  buildings  are  constructed  of  solid-looking 
stone,  and  with  corrugated  roofs,  rendering  them  "the 
safest  stores  in  town,  and  they  are  recognized  as  such  by 
all  ihe  insurance  companies.  They  occupy  a  block  in 
themselves,  having  open  ground  on  three  sides,  and  a 
wide  street  on  the  fourth. 

When  one  arrives  at  the  wharf  from  the  steamer,  he 
finds  individuals  from  almost  every  nationality  waiting  to 
greet  him,  but  the  Kanaka  and  the  American  certainly 
predominate.  Should  the  steamer  come  from  San  Fran- 
cisco, the  Chinese  element  is  most  in  evidence. 

The  Hawaiian  Hotel  is  the  pride  of  all  the  whites  in 
Honolulu,  and  was  built  by  the  Government  at  a  cost  of 
one  hundred  and  twenty  thousand  dollars. 


HONOLULU.  79 

It  is  always  full  and  overcrowded  when  a  steamer  is  in 
port.  It  has  good  water  supply  and  is  furnished  with 
electric  lights.  The  verandahs  are  very  broad  and  airy, 
and  made  inviting  by  numerous  chairs  and  wicker 
lounges.  At  one  end  is  a  Lanai.  This  is  an  apartment 
which  is  open  on  three  sides,  and  should  it  rain,  there  are 
curtains  of  matting  which  can  be  used  to  shut  out  the  in- 
'^lement  weather.  It  is  hung  with  Japanese  lanterns,  fans 
nd  umbrellas.  It  is  prettily  furnished  with  \\icker  tables 
:id  chairs.  The  drawing  room  is  cheerful  and  comfort- 
able, but  one  scarcely  ever  sits  there,  the  piazzas  being 
preferred.  In  the  drawing  room  is  a  handsome  bust  in 
marble  of  the  late  King  Mctor  Emanuel,  which  was  pre- 
sented to  King  Kalakaua  when  he  visited  Italy  during 
his  tour  of  the  world.  The  late  King  Kalakaua 
gave  it  to  his  Mormon  Premier  Gibson,  and  he  or  his 
heirs  presented  it  to  the  hotel. 

The  dining  room  is  anything  but  attractive,  being  big 
and  bare,  and  one  is  waited  upon  by  Chinese  servants. 

In  Honolulu  are  sixty-seven  miles  of  streets  and 
drives ;  they  are  not  straight,  and  yet  it  is  very  easy  to 
find  your  way  about  the  town,  as  soon  as  you  have 
learned  the  names  of  the  principal  streets.  The  only 
street  which  gives  you  a  long  vista  is  Nuuanu  avenue, 
which  leads  out  of  town  to  the  northern  part  of  the  isl- 
and. 

The  Government  buildings  are  plain,  but  of  handsome 
structure,  and  are  a  credit  to  the  city.  The  large  central 
hall  and  staircase  of  the  building  are  lighted  by  a  lantern 
tower,  which  is  one  of  the  most  conspicuous  objects  in 


8o  HONOLULU. 

any  view  of  the  town  from  the  sea  or  shore.  The  offices 
of  the  several  Ministers  of  State  are  in  this  building,  also 
the  Board  of  Health,  Board  of  Immigration  and  Educa- 
tion  Board. 

Upstairs  is  the  hall  where  the  Supreme  Court  holds  its 
sessions,  also  the  ofTfices  of  the  law  courts.  On  this  same 
floor  are  the  National  Museum  and  the  Library. 

The  library  is  a  very  creditable  one,  and  as  one  might 
expect,  it  is  particularly  rich  in  works  on  the  Hawaiian 
Islands,  their  people,  language,  flora,  fauna,  etc.  The 
library  is  always  open  for  purpose  of  reference  to  the 
public.  The  reading  j-oom  is  supplied  with  newspapers 
from  all  parts  of  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain.  A 
large  number  of  American  and  English  magazines  and 
reviews  are  to  be  found  here. 

On  the  Erra  Road,  which  leads  out  from  the  town,  is 
the  Insane  Asylum.  It  consists  of  a  series  of  one-storied 
buildings  which  are  detached  from  the  superintendent's 
house.  The  trade  wind  is  almost  always  blowing  down 
the  Nuuanu  Valley,  and  the  asylum  could  not  be  better 
situated  to  catch  this  health-giving  breeze.  Although  the 
grounds  are  not  extensive,  there  is  plenty  of  shade  for  the 
inmates.  Some  of  tlie  patients  are  able  to  work,  and  can 
raise  the  taro  for  their  own  use. 

A  short  way  back  in  the  direction  of  the  town,  about  a 
mile  from  the  city,  is  another  Government  institution,  the 
Industrial  and  Reformatory  School  for  boys.  The 
grounds  occupy  about  six  acres,  half  of  which  is  taken 
up  by  building  and  play  grounds,  and  the  rest  is  planted 
with  bananas.     The  building  is  a  two-story  one,  and  on 


HONOLULU.  8 1 

the  ground  floor  is  the  school  room,  class  room  and  din- 
ing room.  The  second  floor  is  used  for'  sleeping  pur- 
poses only.  There  are  a  number  of  outhouses,  such  as 
hospital,  cooking  shed,  bathing  shed,  etc.  The  school 
has  also,  in  addition  to  these  grounds,  about  twenty  acres 
on  another  street,  which  is  planted  with  kalo. 

The  Oahu  prison  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  town,  and 
right  at  the  mouth  of  the  Nuuanu  Valley.  It  is  modelled 
after  the  Charlestown  prison,  and  thus  far  has  proved 
large  enough  to  contain  the  criminals  of  the  country.  All 
prisoners  who  are  sentenced  for  over  three  months  are 
sent  there.  It  accommodates  one  hundred  and  seventy, 
and  the  usual  number  of  inmates  average  about  one  hun- 
dred and  fifty.  Detached  from  this  building  is  a  small, 
but  neat  and  airy  hospital,  which  contains  twelve  beds. 
A  physician  visits  this  institution  daily,  and  although 
there  have  been  epidemics  of  measles  and  mumps  no 
deaths  have  occurred. 

As  one  looks  seaward  from  the  prison,  one  can  see  the 
Quarantine  Station,  which  is  erected  upon  a  reef.  It  is 
well  equipped  with  a  modern  hot  air  and  steam  disin- 
fecting plant  of  large  capacity,  so  that  quarantine  matters 
are  handled  intelligently  and  efficiently,  and  the  introduc- 
tion of  disease  by  foreign  steamers  is  of  rare  occurrence. 

The  most  important  schools  in  Honolulu  are  the  Oahu 
College,  lolani  College,  which  is  also  called  Bishop's 
College  School,  St.  Andrews'  Priory,  Sisters  of  the  Sa- 
cred Heart  School,  Kanaiahao  Female  Seminary,  Royal 
School,  Pohukaina  Girls'  School,  Kindergarten  on  the 
Froebel  system,  and  many  small  schools. 


82  HONOLULU. 

Besides  these  schools  there  is  a  Theological  College 
called  The  North  Pacific  Missionary  Institute,  presided 
over  by  Rev.  Charles  M.  Hyde,  D.  D.  This  is  a  train- 
ing school  for  native  postors,  and  the  young  misionary  is 
taught  not  only  theology,  but  how  to  live.  With  their 
families  established  in  comfortable  apartments,  they  learn 
how  tp  keep  a  model  home,  a  training  which  is  of  the 
greatest  value  to  the  future  parish. 

Honolulu  has  been  called  "a  city  of  missions,"  and  tl^ 
Hawaiian  Islands  certainly  present  a  broad  field  for  work 
with  their  mingled  nationahties. 

The  annual  report  of  the  Hawaiian  Evangelical  Asso- 
ciation for  1897  shows  under  its  control  twenty-one  rla- 
tive  churches  in  Hawaii,  seventeen  on  Maui  and  Molo- 
kia,  ten  on  Oahu  and  seven  on  Kauai,  with  a  total  mem- 
bership of  four  thousand  one  hundred  and  sixty-seven. 

In  the  city  of  Honolulu  the  native  churches  of  Kawaia- 
hao  and  Kaumaka  are  in  a  flourishing  condition,  and  have 
over  one  thousand  members.  One  of  the  most  powerful 
agencies  for  good  is  the  Central  Union  Church,  which  is 
under  the  charge  of  the  Rev.  Douglas  Birnie.  A  more 
active  and  religious  body  is  scarcely  to  be  found  any- 
where in  the  United  States.  It  has  five  hundred  and 
twenty-three  members  and  five  hundred  in  the  Sunday 
School.  With  the  help  of  good  friends  it  supports  mis- 
sions among  the  Hawaiians,  Portuguese,  Japanese  and 
Chinese,  not  only  in  Hololulu,  but  in  all  parts  of  the  isl- 
ands. Mr.  Frank  Damon,  who  has  charge  of  the  Chinese 
Mission,  has  been  most  successful  in  his  work. 

The  Chinese  church  has  one  hundred  and  twenty-four 


HONOLULU.  8i 

members ;  the  Japanese  church  one  hundred  and  twenty- 
two,  and  the  Protestant  Portuguese  church  fifty-six. 

The  Roman  Cathohcs  have  two  large  churches,  num- 
bering fourteen  thousand  natives  and  twelve  thousand 
Portuguese.  They  have  sixty  missions  which  have  been 
established  on  the  dififerent  islands.  The  Anglican 
Chuch  begun  its  mission  in  1862,  upon  the  arrival  of  the 
Right  Rev.  I.  M.  Staley,  D.  D.,  who  was  the  first  Bishop 
of  Honolulu.  They  have  a  very  beautiful  cathedral  called 
St.  Andrews. 

In  1893  ^  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  was  established  ; 
it  has  one  hundred  members,  and  ninety  in  its  Sunday 
school. 

A  church  of  the  Christian  denomination  was  started  in 
1894  by  Rev.  I.  D.  Garvin.  D.  D.  Its  members  amounc 
to  one  hundred  and  seven,  and  the  Sunday  school  to 
eighty-five. 

Three  years  ago  the  Salvation  Army  located  a  corps  in 
the  city  and  it  has  been  very  active  in  religious  work. 

Queen  Emma's  Hospital  is  a  large  institution  and  is 
just  outside  the  town,  under  the  Punch  Bowl.  This  hos- 
pital was  named  for  the  wife  of  Kamehameha  IV.,  and 
both  the  King  and  Queen  contributed  largely  to  tl^e  sub- 
scription for  the  erection  of  this  building.  It  accommo- 
dates over  one  hundred  persons,  and  is  nearly  always  full, 
as  it  is  the  only  hospital  for  all  races. 

The  Sailors'  Home,  situated  on  the  Esplanade,  facing 
the  new  market  building,  is  a  very  attractive  structure  in 
design,  being  of  brick,  And  two  stories  high.  Many  lead- 
ing citizens  take  a  deep  interest  in  this  enterprise. 


84  HONOLULU. 

On  Saturday  all  the  people  who  can  come  into  town 
do  so,  and  go  to  the  fish  market.  Not  only  fish,  but 
fruits,  vegetables  and  meat  can  be  purchased  there.  The 
fishermen  and  those  who  sell  the  fish  are  chiefly  natives, 
and  this  is  the  place  to  see  them  dressed  in  their  quaint 
garments,  with  their  garlands  of  leis  about  them,  wholly 
absorbed  in  the  business  of  the  day. 

It  may  be  interesting  to  the  reader  to  learn  the  price  of 
some  of  the  provisions  in  the  market  at  Honolulu. 

Fresh  Hawaiian  butter,  twenty-five  to  fifty  cents  per 
pound.  Hams,  sixteen  to  thirty  cents  a  pound.  Bacon, 
sixteen  to  twenty  cents  a  pound.  Cheese,  twenty  to 
thirty-five  a  pound.  Family  pork,  fifteen  to  eighteen  a 
pound.  Corned  beef,  seven  cents  a  pound.  Fresh  meat, 
six  to  fifteen  a  pound.  Porter  house  steaks,  six  to  fif- 
teen a  pound.  Tinned  fruits,  one  dollar  seventy-five  to 
two  dollars  and  a  quarter  a  dozen.  Golden  Gate  flour, 
one  hundred  pounds,  two  dollars  and  a  half.  Lower 
grades  two  dollars  and  twenty  cents.  Hawaiian  rice  three 
to  five  dollars  for  one  hundred  pounds.  Bananas, 
twenty-five  to  fifty  cents  a  bunch.  Potatoes,  one  to  two 
cents  a  pound.  Eggs,  twenty-five  to  fifty  cents  a  dozen. 
A  case  of  rolled  oats,  five  dollars  and  a  half.  Ice,  in  small 
quantity,  one  and  a  half  cents  a  pound,  and  over  fifty 
pounds,  at  one  cent  a  pound. 

Water  pipes  are  laid  nearly  all  over  the  town,  and  the 
city  is  lighted  with  electric  lights.  Honolulu  has  a  com- 
plete telephone  system. 

Surface  cars,  drawn  by  mules,  run  at  short  intervals 
along  the  principal  streets,  and  continue  out  to  Waikiki, 


HONOLULU.  85 

which  is  the  sea  bathing  resort,  and  to  the  public  parks, 
four  miles  from  the  city.  An  excellent  musical  band 
composed  almost  entirely  of  Hawaiians,  and  numbering 
between  twenty  and  thirty,  performers,  who  execute  com- 
plicated European  music  with  accuracy  and  pleasing  ef- 
fect, play  at  the  Park  every  Sunday  afternoon. 

Twenty-eight  years  ago  a  branch  of  the  Y.  M.  C.  A. 
was  started  in  Honolulu  with  Sandford  B.  Dole  as  its 
first  President.  To-day  the  association  occupies  a  hand- 
some brick  edifice  in  the  heart  of  the  city,  with  hall,  read- 
ing room,  parlors  and  gymnasium. 

The  Bishop  Museum  is  a  very  handsome  building  of 
modern  design,  and  costing  over  one  hundred  thousand 
dollars.  It  is  built  of  native  stone  and  the  interior  is 
finished  with  kra  and  kru  woods,  which  take  on  a  very 
high  polish,  and  are  very  beautiful,  excelling  many  of  our 
hardwood  finishings.  A  stranger  is  both  surprised  and 
interested  at  the  extensive  collection  in  the  museum.  A 
large  addition  is  being  erected,  at  a  cost  of  forty  thousand 
dollars,  in  order  to  have  more  space,  so  the  collection  can 
be  enlarged. 

There  are  four  banks  in  Honolulu,  all  having  large 
capital  stock  and  deposits.  The  legal  tender  is  gold,  with 
a  money  circulation  of  gold,  silver  and  silver  certificates. 
Money  may  be  obtained  on  first  class  paper,  bond  or 
mortgage,  at  six  per  cent,  interest. 

There  are  many  beautiful  drives  one  can  take  in  Hono- 
lulu, one  of  the  most  interesting  being  to  the  Punch 
Bowl,  which  is  an  extinct  volcano,  about  five  hundred 
feet  high,  just  back  of  the  city.     From  this  point  many 


86  HONOLULU. 

charming  views  are  obtained,  and  Honolulu  looks  like  a 
large  park  on  the  border  of  the  sea. 

Another  beautiful  drive  is  to  Waikiki,  which  is  about 
three  miles  and  a  half  from  the  business  portion  of  the 
city,  and  is  quite  a  seaside  resort,  with  many  handsome 
residences  and  cottages.  The  beach  is  very  sandy,  and 
the  water,  at  a  delightful  temperature  for  bathing,  is  safe 
from  danger  by  its  guarded  reefs. 

A  short  distance  beyond  is  Diamond  Head,  which  is 
a  rock  about  fifteen  hundred  feet  high.  This  is  the  first 
land  seen  when  one  is  entering  the  harbor,  and  last 
viewed  when  leaving. 

Another  drive  is  a  trip  to  Tantalus,  a  mountain  peak 
two  thousand  feet  high,  which  overlooks  noti  only  Hono- 
lulu, but  the  whole  stretch  of  country  from  Coco  Head 
to  Barber's  Point.  A  good  carriage  road  can  be  found 
the  whole  distance,  which  winds  through  shady  forest 
glades  and  wild  shrubbery. 

Honolulu  has  many  fine  stores,  and  the  windows  are 
dressed  with  musMns,  calicos,  silks  and  laces,  and  resem- 
ble our  American  shop  windows,  while  the  prices  are 
about  the  same.  There  are  book  stores,  china  stores, 
picture  stores  and  art  stores,  and  if  you  ask  for  a  thing 
the  proprietor  may  not  have  he  will  order  it  for  you.  One 
merchant,  whose  name  is  Ah  Fong,  married  a  woman 
half  American  and  half  Hawaiian,  and  he  has  made  such 
a  large  fortune  that  both  he  and  his  family  occupy  a  high 
place  in  society.  His  family  consists  of  four  sons  and 
thirteen  daughters.  Four  of  the  daughters  have  become 
lericans,  one  of  whom  is  a  naval  ofificer. 


HONOLULUo  87 

There  are  a  number  of  engine  and  hose  companies,  one 
of  which  is  composed  of  well  disciplined  Chinese,  who 
raised  enough  money  among  their  own  countrymen  to 
buy  their  engine  and  uniforms,  and  to  erect  their  own 
engine  house.  There  are  three  evening  papers,  pub- 
lished daily,  one  daily  morning  paper,  and  two  weeklies. 
Besides  these  there  are  papers  published  in  Hawaiian, 
Portuguese,  Japanese  and  Chinese  languages,  and 
monthly  magazines  as  well. 

Holidays  and  anniversaries,  national  or  otherwise,  oc- 
cupy a  very  prominent  place  in  the  minds  of  the 
Hawaiians,  if  not  in  their  heart ;  for  with  the  light-hearted, 
easy-going  race,  who  are  more  impulsive  than  they  ar. 
prudent,  the  occasions  for  gaiety,  festivity,  feasting  and 
excitement  touch  them  as  may  be  said,  "right  where  they 
live." 

The  holidays  which  they  enjoy  are  January  ist.  New 
Year's  Day;  January  17th,  anniversary  of  the  downfall 
of  the  monarchy  (this  has  been  observed  regularly  since 
1893.  but  not  made  a  national  holiday  till  1896) :  Chinese 
New  Year's  Day,  February  ist;  February  22d,  Washing- 
ton's Birthday;  March  17th  (this  is  not  St.  Patrick's  Day 
in  Hawaii,  but  the  birthday  of  Kamehameha  H.,  which 
is  commemorated  because  of  his  consideration  for  the 
people  in  giving  them  lands) ;  Good  Friday ;  Queen  Vic- 
toria's' Birthday,  May  24th,  and  Decoration  Day,  May 
30th. 

June  nth,  Kamehameha's  day,  which  has  been  in  ex- 
istence since  the  latter  part  of  the  reign  of  Kamehameha 


68  HONOLULU. 

v.,  but  which  is,  in  fact,  the  ''Derby  day"  of  Hawaii,  the 
annual  races  taking  place  at  Kapiolani  Park. 

July  4th,  fhrough  declaring  the  Republic  of  Hawaii  in 
1895  on  the  anniversary  ot*  American  Independence, 
has  since  been  a  dual  celebration.  The  third  Saturday  in 
September  is  set  apart  for  Regatta  Day,  and  to  encour- 
age aquatic  sports.  Thanksgiving  Day,  the  anniversary 
of  Hawaiian  Independence,  November  28,  and  Christmas 
Day.  On  this  latter  day  the  lepers  at  Molokai  are  al- 
v;ays  generously  remembered. 

San  Francisco  and  Victoria  are  the  two  points  of  de- 
portation for  th^  Hawaiian  Islands.  One  steamer  sails 
for  Honolulu,  stays  a  few  days,  and  returns  to  San 
Francisco,  and  the  other  stops  at  Honolulu,  and  then 
goes  on  to  Australia. 

There  are  now  seven  steamship  lines  crossing  the 
Pacific  from  the  United  States  and  British  Columbia 
ports,  to  China,  Japan  and  Australia,  and  to  six  of  these 
Honolulu  is  a  port  of  call. 

The  residential  portion  of  the  city  is  composed  of 
beautiful  villas,  many  of  which  would  compare  favorably 
with  some  of  the  fine  residences  of  America.  Each  home- 
stead is  surrounded  by  large  gardens,  with  tropical  trees 
and  plants.  The  Detroit  Free  Press  gives  the  following 
description  of  the  residence  of  Mr.  Fred.  J.  Lowry: 

"In  the  center  a  marble  pool  with  a  dainty,  fairy-like 

■fountain,  whose  waters  at  will  can  be  made  to  ascend  as 

high  as  the  third  story  up  through  the  air  shaft  over  the 

pool,  upon  which  the  bedrooms  look.     To  the  right  of 

the  pool,  as  one  enters,  is  the  music-room,  with  its  grand 


HONOLULU.  89 

piano  and  appropriate  belongings.  To  the  left  of  the  pool 
is  the  space  devoted  to  the  dining  table,  while  all  around 
the  pool  one  finds  cosy  lounging  chairs,  books  galore, 
statuary,  potted  plants,  all  the  appurtenances  of  a  well- 
ordered  library,  the  three  sections  of  this  lower  floor 
combining  in  one  delightful  expanse  of  polished  floor 
and  Turkish  rugs,  undivided  except  for  the  Greek  col- 
umns at  the  four  corners  of  the  pool." 

]\Iost  of  these  villas  have  "Tanai,"  or  open  air  living 
rooms.  When  the  weather  permits  the  meals  are  served 
here,  calls  are  received,  the  sewing  done ;  and  all  the  year 
around  this  living  room  is  one  of  the  chief  attractions  of 
a  Honolulu  residence. 

Too  much  cannot  be  said  of  the  American  and  Eu- 
ropean society  in  Honolulu. 

Nearly  all  the  younger  generation  who  are  identified 
with  the  business  interests  of  the  islands  have  been  educat- 
ed in  the  best  colleges  of  America.  Most  of  the  women 
have  received  their  education  in  the  United  States,  and 
are  naturally  well  informed.  Generosity  and  hospitality 
go  hand  in  hand  in  the  islands,  and  are  a  part  of  the 
daily  life  of  the  inhabitants. 

The  following  is  Mark  Twain's  tribute  to  Hawaii : 

"No  alien  land  in  all  the  world  has  any  deep,  strong 
charm  for  me  but  that  one ;  no  other  land  could  so  lov- 
ingly and  beseechingly  haunt  me,  sleeping  and  waking, 
through  half  a  life  time  as  that  one  has  done.  Other 
things  leave  me.  but  it  abides ;  other  things  change,  but 
it  remains  the  same.  For  me  its  balmy  airs  are  always 
blowing,  its  summer  seas  flashing  in  the  sun ;  the  puis- 


90  HONOT^ULU. 

ing  of  its  surf  beat  is  in  my  ear.  I  can  see  its  garlanded 
craigs,  its  leaping  cascades,  its  plumy  palms  drowsing  by 
the  shore ;  its  remote  summits  floating,  like  islands,  above 
the  cloud  rack.  I  can  feel  the  spirit  of  its  woodland  soli- 
tude ;  I  can  hear  the  splash  of  its  brooks ;  in  my  nostrils 
still  lives  the  breath  of  flowers  that  perished  twenty  years 
ago." 


SOME  OTHER    ISLANDS  AND  TOWNS.  91 


CHAPTER  VII. 

SOME  OTHER  ISLANDS  AND  TOWNS. 

The  island  of  Hawaii,  from  which  the  whole  group 
derives  its  name,  is  in  the  southern  part  of  the  Hawaiian 
Islands.  The  windward  side  of  the  island,  which  in- 
cludes Hilo,  Hamakua,  Puna  and  North  Kohola,  has  a 
great  deal  of  rain,  and  the  streams  rush  wildly  down 
every  gulch  and  ravine.  These  streams  furnish  power 
for  electric  motors  and  supply  the  mills,  which,  though 
driven  by  steam,  require  also  a  large  water  supply. 

The  leeward  side  of  the  island,  which  embraces  South 
Kohola,  North  and  South  Koua  and  Kau,  is  not  ex- 
posed -to  heavy  rains,  and  yet  still  has  an  ample  supply 
of  water  falls.  The  Koua  district  has  given  the  coffee 
product  a  name  which  is  known  all  over  the  world. 

The  approach  to  Hawaii  on  the  windward  side  is  one 
of  unsurpassed  beauty.  The  shores  are  rich  in  a  mass  of 
green  verdure,  and  the  plantations  in  the  distance  look 
even  greener,  and  down  the  crags  of  the  coast  are  num- 
erous rivulets  and  waterfalls,  while  far  away,  if  the  day 
is  clear,  may  be  seen  the  peaks  of  Mauna  Kea  and 
Mauna  Loa. 

On  the  island  of  Hawaii  are  numerous  sugar  planta- 
tions, and  cofifee  employs  several  hundred  owners,  from 


92  SOME  OTHER    ISLANDS  AND  TOWNS. 

the  man  who  has  two  hundred  thousand  trees  to  the  on 
who  may  have  only  an  acre. 

Hilo  is  a  famous  sea-shore  resort  on  this  island,  and 
from  Honolulu  by  a  direct  sea  route  the  distance  is  es- 
timated to  be  almost  one  hundred  and  ninety-two  miles, 
and  a  steamer  of  moderate  speed  can  accomplish  the 
trip  in  almost  twenty-four  hours.  On  the  map  Hilo  Bay 
is  frequently  marked  Byron's  Bay,  after  Captain  Lord 
Byron,  who  was  the  first  to  make  an  accurate  survey  of 
it,  which  he  did  in  1825.  The  proper  native  name  for 
Hilo  Bay  is  Waiakea,  but  as  is  quite  natural,  it  is  called 
from  the  town  itself. 

Hilo  Bay  has  an  excellent  harbor,  and  if  commerce 
needs  it,  can  be  rendered  safe  and  commodious  by  a 
breakwater  which  runs  out  from  the  shore  to  Cocoanut 
Island.  There  is  room  for  a  whole  navy  here,  if  neces- 
sary, and  the  water  is  deep  enough  for  the  largest  ship 
afloat.  The  town  is  well  laid  out  and  very  pretty.  One 
can  see  great  stretches  of  cane  fields  all  yellow  and  green, 
and  the  tall,  graceful  cocoa  palms  with  their  plumy- 
branches.  As  the  roads  in  Hilo  are  n6t  very  good,  one 
must  either  go  about  on  foot  or  on  horseback. 

The  prominent  business  street  fronts  the  bay,  with 
stores  which  meet  /with  the  requirement  of  all.  The 
town  is  quaint  and  pretty  and  has  beautiful  surroundings. 

On  Church  street  are  the  residences  of  the  majority  cf 
the  town's  people,  who  are  not  natives,  although  on  Kin:.' 
street  are  many  more  fine  residences,  and  also  on  th" 
latter  street  is  one  of  the  most  useful  institutions  of  Hi;' 
Dr.  Kittredges'  Sanitarium.     This  is  a  medical  boardin  , 


SOME  OTHER    ISLANDS  AND  TOWNS.  93 

house,  and  yet  travelers  may  be  accommodated  and  find 
everything  comfortable  at  a  moderate  charge.  The 
Court  House  and  Post  Office  occupy  the  centre  of  a 
large  square,  and  the  lawns  are  planted  with  beautiful 
exotic  trees.  There  are  a  number  of  excellent  schools 
in  Hilo,  both  for  boys  and  girls. 

The  tourist  can  make  many  pleasant  excursions  from 
1  iiio.  and  one  of  the  most  agreeable  is  to  Cocoanut  Point, 
which  is  almost  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  town.  A 
great  many  picnics  are  held  at  this  point,  and  the  natives 
have  this  f?mous  tradition  in  regards  to  the  place:  There 
is  a  large  rock  out  from  Cocoanut  Point  called  Mokuola, 
and  the  natives  believe  if  any  one  is  suffering  from  any 
ailment,  if  he  will  swim  out  around  the  rock  and  back 
agdin  he  will  be  healed.  Not  a  week  passed  but  some 
one  undertakes  this  swim,  but  if  the  cure  is  permanent 
we  are  not  prepared  to  say. 

On  the  south  side  of  the  bay,  further  on  from  Cocoa- 
nut  Point  is  Keokea  Point.  One  can  ride  out  from  Hilo 
to  this  place  in  about  half  an  hour  and  obtain  a  most 
beautiful  view  of  Hilo  and  its  surroundings.  From  the 
bay  in  front  you  have  a  dozen  miles  of  the  coast  line 
spread  before  you  in  the  shape  of  a  cocoanut,  and  at  your 
back  the  land  slopes  gradually  upwards  till  it  reaches  the 
forest. 

Another  charming  trip  is  to  the  falls  of  the  Wailuku 
River,  the  Rainbow  Falls  as  they  are  generally  called, 
and  which  are  only  two  miles  from  Hilo.  Thes^  falls 
are  said  to  be  very  beautiful,  and  when  the  afternoon  sun 
strikes    them    they    look    like  a  perfect  rainbow.     Miss 


94  SOME  OTHKR    ISLANDS  AND  TOWNS. 

Krout  in  describing  her  ride  to  these  falls  says  that  she 
"passed  numbers  of  interesting  Japanese  houses,  neat  as 
f.he  houses  of  a  toy  village,  each  with  its  bit  of  garden,  in 
which  tapioca  and  ginger  were  growing  and  thriving. 
Portuguese,  who  are  even  more  successful  farmers  than 
the  Chinese,  were  standing  in  the  verandas  of  theit 
small  houses  and  smiled  affably  at  us,  surrounded  by 
swarms  of  young  children.  If  they  had  been  encouraged 
and  could  have  obtained  land  the  Portuguese  would  long 
ago  have  redeemed  the  waste  places  of  Hawaii  and  made 
the  desert  place  blossom  as  the  rose.  Removed  from  the 
tyranny  of  a  State  religion  they  become  liberal  and  pro- 
gressive, no  longer  the  servile  tools  of  the  priests.  They 
are  a  most  temperate,  industrious  and  peaceable  people, 
prizing  above  all  things  the  little  home  which  each  as- 
pires to  acquire  and  hold ;  and  they  are  in  every  way 
most  desirable  as  colonists.  At  the  end  of  one  long  and 
unutterably  boggy  lane  we  met  a  handsome  Hawaiian 
boy  carrying  home  a  sackful  of  grass.  He  wore  the  us- 
ual white  cotton  shirt  and  blue  cotton  trousers,  both 
soaked  with  rain.  He  was  barefooted,  and  round  the 
crown  of  his  hat  was  wound  a  small  American  flag,  the 
blue  of  the  ground  faded  into  the  white  stars,  which  the 
running  dye  had  completely  blurred.  Portuguese,  Jap- 
anese and  Chinese  we  had  passed  in  that  ride,  and  here 
at  the  parting  of  the  ways  stood  youthful  Hawaii  pen- 
sively surveying  us,  his  black  eyes  looking  out  from 
undef  that  little  wet  flag  above  his  hat  brim." 

All  kinds  of  fruit  grow  in  Hilo ;  figs,  peaches,  tama- 
rinds, oranges,  apples,  and  bananas  raised  in  Hilo  arc 


SOME  OTHER    ISLANDS  AND  TOWNS.  95 

said  to  be  finer  than  any  found  elsewhere  in  the  world. 
All  kinds  of  vegetables  can  be  grown,  and  the  climate  is 
"^ost  enjoyable. 

Another  trip  is  to  the  volcano  Kileauea.  The  road 
from  Hilo  is  a  gradual  ascent,  and  one  drives  through  the 
Chinese  quarter,  with  its  quaint  shops,  and  little  children 
playing  in  pink,  blue  and  yellow  costumes,  and  the  boys 
queues  lengthened  by  threads  of  rose  color  interwoven 
in  them.  Beyond  the  Chinese  quarters  are  the  cane  fields, 
in  which  great  bands  of  Japanese  find  employment,  for 
they  can  labor  and  endure  the  heat  and  dust  of  the  cane 
fields  and  are  also  very  swift  in  cutting  the  cane. 

The  flow  of  the  crater  Kileaua  is  said  to  be  three  miles 
in  width,  and  is  reached  by  a  descent  of  twelve  hundred 
feet.  The  lake  of  fire  is  on  the  farthest  side  of  the  vol- 
cano, and  its  billows  rise  and  fall  like  the  surges  of  a 
bloody  sea.  Tourists  from  all  over  the  world  have  vis- 
it^ed  this  volcano,  and  at  the  hotel  is  a  register  upon 
whose  pages  are  the  names  of  many  verv  distinguished 
guests. 

At  Hakalau,  another  town  on  the  island  of  Hawaii,  is 
the  large  sugar  plant?.tion  owned  by  Messrs.  Claus 
Spreckels  &  Co.  This  is  about  fifteen  miles 'from  Hilo, 
and  everything  is  carried  on  in  a  very  extensive  way. 
All  the  modern  improvements  as  regards  the  mill  and 
plantation  are  of  the  finest,  and  everything  denotes  from 
the  appearance  of  the  surroundings  that  all  is  carried  on 
in  the  best  manner  possible.  Mr.  Spreckels  has  proved 
himself  to  be  the  right  man  in  the  right  place,  and  stands 
in  the  foremost  rank  as  a  sugar  planter. 


96  SOME  OTHER   ISLANDS  AND  TOWNS. 

At  Laupahoehoe  and  Ookala  are  numerous  other 
sugar  plantations  in  thriving  conditions,  but  few  people 
besides  those  interested  in  the  plantations  live  there. 

Forty-two  miles  from  Hilo  is  llamakua,  which  is  beau- 
tifully situated  almost  a  mile  from  the  sea,  and  here  also 
is  a  very  large  sugar  plantation.  It  seems  as  if  the  whole 
country  round  about  was  created  on  purpose  to  grow  the 
sugar  cane.  All  over  the  island  the  sugar  plantations 
are  very  numerous  and  equally  thriving. 

Every  Monday  afternoon  a  boat  leaves  Honolulu  at 
four  o'clock  for  the  island  of  Kauai,  arriving  there  at  six 
the  following  morning.  The  first  stopping  place  is 
Nawiliwili,  then  to  Hauamaulu,  Kapoa  and  Kilama. 
This  first  island  is  called  the  ''Garden  Island"  because  it 
is  so  well  watered  and  is  so  luxuriant  in  vegetation.  The 
fern  forests  of  Kauai  are  beyond  description  in  their  love- 
Imess. 

Besides  the  cultivation  of  sugar  on  this  island  it  has 
also  many  rice  plantations,  and  cofifee  could  be  grown 
here  with  much  success.  The  climate  of  Kauai  is  most 
delightful,  never  hotter  than  85  degrees  and  never  lower 
than  60  degrees.  Nearly  everything  grows  on  this 
island,  and  fishing  and  shooting  cannot  be  exceled.  In 
the  different  towns  on  the  island  are  handsome  residences 
and  a  number  of  schools. 

A  steamer  also  sails  weekly  for  the  island  of  Maui. 
Sometfmes  the  pass^age  is  a  very  rough  one,  for  the 
channels  between  the  islands  of  Oahu,  Maui,  Molokai 
and  Hawaii  are  said  to  be  the  roughest  waters  on  the 
globe. 


SOME  OTHER  ISLANDS  AND  TOWNS.  97 

Wailiiku  and  Kahului  are  the  two  most  important 
towns  on  this  island,  and  both  are  largely  devoted  to  the 
raising  of  sugar  cane.  Mr.  Claus  Spreckels  owns  a  large 
sugar  plantation  on  the  island  also,  and  Maui  owes  much 
of  its  wealth  to  him. 

Nine  miles  from  Wailuku  is  a  large  dairy  ranch,  and 
the  country  abounds  in  fine  pastures.  The  hedge  rows 
are  of  cactus,  which  grows  from  five  to  ten  feet  high,  and 
are  very  curious  in  appearance.  These  cacti  serve  the 
cattle  in  dry  weather  as  a  substitute  for  fodder,  as  horses 
as  well  as  cattle  thrive  upon  them ;  and  when  boiled  pigs 
will  eat  them  with  skim  milk. 

All  around  the  country  is  beautiful  and  on  the  slopes 
of  the  homesteads  are  groves  of  the  eucalyptus,  the  gum- 
tree  of  Australia.  There  are  thousands  of  fine  acres  on 
this  island  that  only  need  industry  to  mak^  them  pay  a 
settler  a  ten-fold  reward  for  any  privation  or  trouble  he 
may  have  to  bear  at  the  beginning  of  his  enterprise. 

On  the  south  side  of  the  island  of  Oahu,  and  six  miles 
away  from  the  main  sierra,  is  Pearl  Harbor.  The  en- 
trance to  this  harbor  is  seven  miles  west  of  Honolulu 
harbor,  which,  though  very  good,  is  in  comparison  a  mere 
pocket  in  the  fringing  reef. 

Mr.  S.  E.  Bishop  describes  this  harbor  in  this  way: 
"Pearl  Harbor  proper  is  ^n  inland  lake  of  nearly  oval 
form,  six  miles  by  three,  lying  east  and  west.  It  is  sep- 
arated from  the  ocean  by  a  belt  of  coral  lowland  two  and 
a  half  miles  in  breadth,  together  with  a  reef  Vv^hich  is  one 
and  a  half  miles  more  seaward.  There  are  thus  over- 
four  miles    between  the  harbor  and  the    open    sea.     A 


98  SOME  OTHER  ISLANDS  AND  TOWNS. 

passage  of  one-third  mile  in  width  connects  the  harbor 
A\ith  the  ocean.  The  outer  end  of  the  passage  through 
the  reef  is  at  present  obstructed  by  a  sand  bar.  which  can 
easily  be  removed  by  dredging  in  the  same  way  that  the 
entrance  to  Honolulu  Harbor  was  dredged  a  few  years 
ago.  The  map  of  Pearl  Harbor  thus  resembles  an  oval 
fan,  with  the  handle  on  the  longer  side.  The  oval  lake 
is  crossed  from  north  to  south  by  two  low  peninsulas  and 
an  island  which  divides  it  into  four  locks  containing 
areas  in  all  of  about  eight  square  miles- of  water. 

"The  northern  or  inland  portions  of  these  areas  are 
shoal,  owing  to  the  wash  of  the  uplands.  Of  the  re- 
mainder about  three  square  miles  are  from  five  to  ten 
fathoms  deep,  admitting  the  largest  ships.  An  equal 
area  is  from  two  to  four  fathoms.  At  several  points  th> 
water  is  from  four  to  seven  fathoms  deep  dose  alongside 
of  the  low  coral  blufifs.  Much  of  the  deep  water  is  in 
channels  between  such  bluffs,  from  one-third  to  one  mile 
wide." 

About  Pearl  River  harbor  are  numbers  of  localities 
where  several  hundred  of  acres  of  level  land  can  be  se- 
cured close  to  deep  water,  and  which  would  be  most  suit- 
able for  a  naval  station. 

The  climate  is  simply  perfect,  and  the  mild  trade  winds 
sweep  across  the  country.  The  summer  temperature  is 
from  70  to  80  degrees,  and  the  winter  from  56  to  78  de- 
grees. There  is  scarcely  any  rain,  except  when  there  is  a- 
gale  from  the  south  ;  and  a  great  storm  endangering  ships 
in  the  harbor  is  never  known.  Owing  to  the  absence  of 
humidity,  malaria  is  an  unknown  quantity. 


SOME  OTHER    ISLANDS  AND  TOWNS.  99 

On  the  west  and  north  side  are  two  very  large  sugar 
plantations.  The  water  supplying  these  plantations  is 
from  artesian  wells,  and  delivers  nearly  icx),ooo.ooo  gal- 
lons daily.  On  the  eastern  peninsula  is  located  a  charm- 
ing sea-side  resort.  From  the  head  of  the  entrance  pass- 
age the  open  sea  is  four  miles  distant.  A  naval  station 
could  be  built  one  or  two  miles  inland  and  an  enemy 
could  not  approach  within  six  miles  with  safety.  The 
entrance  passage  to  the  harbor  being  long  and  narrow,  it 
renders  protection  very  easy.  A  battery  placed  at  the 
southern  extremity  of  the  western  peninsula  will  protect 
the  whole  passage,  and  if  placed  on  the  shore  two  miles 
below  would  compel  any  enemy  cruising  outside  to  keep 
his  distance. 

On  account  of  the  outer  reef  extending  unbroken 
many  miles  each  way,  it  forbids  boats  from  landing  any 
way  except  through  the  outer  passage.  Mr.  Bishop 
states  that  "the  naval  and  military  officials  who  have 
thoroughly  inspected  the  harbor  agree  that  it  is  emi- 
nently safe  as  a  naval  station  as  well  as  otherwise  per- 
fectly adapted  for  the  purpose." 

Although  Honolulu  could  not  be  protected  from  this 
point,  it  being  too  far  away,  it  could  be  well  defended 
from  the  Punch  Bowl,  which  is  right  behind  it. 

The  greatest  value  of  Pearl  Harbor  to  the  United 
States  lies  in  the  fact  th^.t  it  is  the  only  place  capable  of 
use  as  a  naval  station  throughout  two-thirds  of  the  North 
Pacific,  except  on  the  American  coast. 

Honolulu  might  perhaps  be  available,  but  much  ex- 
pense v.'ould  be  needed  for  the  excavations  of  the  reef.. 


loo  SOME  OTHER   ISLANDS  AND  TOWNS. 

and  then  again  it  is  too  near  the  open  sea  for  security. 
For  thousands  of  miles  both  west  and  south  there  are  no 
enclosed  harbors  in  any  of  the  groups  of  islands. 

Now  that  the  United  States  has  Pearl  Harbor,  we  pos- 
sess the  complete  monopoly  and  mastership  of  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  north  of  the  Equator. 

From  a  naval  point  of  view  it  is  easily  seen  that  Pearl 
Harbor  is  the  prize  jewel  of  the  Hawaiian  group.  "It  is 
the  main  element  which  perfects  the  incalculable  strate- 
gic value  of  the  group." 

If  an  enemy  to  the  United  States  had  possession  of  the 
Hawaiian  Islands  and  Pearl  H?rbor  he  would  be  within 
easy  striking  distance  of  the  Pacific  ports  of  the  United 
States,  and  could  at  once  kill  all  the  commerce  of  these 
ports. 

Now  that  Pearl  Harbor  belongs  to  the  United  States 
an  enemy  has  no  coaling  or  supply  station"  near  enough 
for  ef^cient  damage.  This  has  been  fully  demonstrated 
by  Captain  Mahan  and  other  American  naval  authorities. 


LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

QUEEN  LrlLIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION. 

In  1875  ^  reciprocity  treaty  was  negotiated  with  the 
United  States,  under  which  sugar  grown  in  the  Hawaiian 
islands  was  admitted  to  this  country  free  of  duty.  This 
stimulated  the  production  of  sugar  enormously,  until  the 
amount  of  the  duty  remitted  on  Hawaiian  sugar  reached 
$5,000,000  a  year.  American  capital  flowed  into  the 
country,  and  all  the  lands  suitable  for  growing  the  sugar 
cane  passed  into  the  hands  of  foreigners.  The  native^ 
Hawaiians,  though  more  vigorous,  intelligent  and  in- 
dustrious than  other  Polynesians,  were  not  employed  by 
the  new  owners,  who  introduced  the  system  of  contract 
labor.  Being  unable  to  supply  themselves  from  the  Poly- 
nesian islands,  they  imported  Chinese  coolies  and 
Japanese  under  treaties  with  their  governments,  and  also 
Portuguese  from  the  Azores  and  Madeira. 

The  early  planters  employed  the  natives  as  laborers, 
and  lived  among  them  on  their  estates,  which  earned  but 
moderate  and  precaHous  profits.  After  reciprocity  the 
estates  were  converted  into  joint  stock  companies,  and 
influences  were  brought  to  bear  on  the  King,  who  was 
Kalakaua,  and  the  Legislature,  to  remove  the  restrictions 
on  Chinese  immigration,  and  introduce  the  kind  of  semi- 
slavery  known  as  the  contract-labor  system. 


102  LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION. 

Between  1876  and  1877  the  immigration  was  39,926,  in- 
cluding 23,268  Chinese,  ^^'jy'j  Japanese  and  10,216 
Portuguese. 

The  missionaries  whose  sagacious  and  unselfish  coun- 
sels gave  an  enlightened  political  system  to  the  country, 
and  fostered  civilized  acts  and  customs,  industry,  com- 
merce, education,  religion  and  justice,  were  succeeded 
by  more  selfish  and  ambitious  statesmen.  Their  children, 
accomplished  men  of  afifairs,  now  reaped  rich  benefits 
from  the  tide  of  prosperity  which  flooded  the  country. 

King  Kalakaua  revived  sorcery,  removed  the  ban  from 
the  sale  of  liquor,  and  so  instigated  race  hatred  that  dis- 
trust of  the  leaders  permeated  native  society,  and  became 
acute  when  the  natives  found  themselves  left  compara- 
tively destitute  amid  the  sudden  expansion  of  national 
wealth,  of  which  the  thrifty  among  the  Portuguese,  the 
Chinese  and  the  Japanese  settlers  obtained  a  share,  while 
the  natives  alone  were  excluded. 

From  this  cause  a  native  party  sprang  up,  crying, 
"Hawaii  for  the  Hawaiians,"  and  disgraced  foreign  in- 
triguers against  American  influence. 

Speculators,  more  unscrupulous  than  any  in  the  mis- 
sionary party,  leagued  themselves  with  the  malcontents 
when  they  saw  that  the  majority  of  the  electorate  and  the 
King  sympathized  with  the  movement. 

At  last,  in  1883,  there  was  an  absolute  majority  of  the 
native  party  in  the  Assembly,  and  the  King  cut  loose 
from  the  missionaries,  and  appointed  an  American,  ^Ir. 
W.  M.  Gibson,  as  Premier,  and  three  natives  to  the  othc: 
posts  in  the  Cabinet. 


^~    ULIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION.  103 

The  new  Government  was  composed  chiefly  of  whites, 
who  were  wiUing  to  carry  out  behests  that  had  become 
infamous. 

In  1887,  having  matured  their  arrangements  by  means 
of  a  secret  political  society,  and  raised  and  trained  a  large 
body  of  volunteers,  the  Americans,  joined  by  the  better 
class  of  natives  and  foreigners  of  every  nationality, 
marched  upon  the  palace. 

The  King  and  his  prime  ministers  had  begun  too  late 
their  measures  for  defense. 

Not  trusting  the  loyalty  of  the  regular  troops,  nor  the 
efficiency  of  the  raw  native  militia,  Kalakaua  discreetly 
submitted  to  the  demands  of  the  revolutionists,  that  he 
should  appoint  a  Prime  Minister  of  their  choice,  and  pro- 
claim a  new  constitution  that  they  had  draughted. 

Conspiracies  and  intrigues  for  the  restoration  of  ab- 
solutism were  constant,  and  were  aided  by  the  King's 
sister,  Liliuokalani. 

When  the  reciprocity  convention  with  the  United 
States  was  renewed  in  1887,  ^  supplementary  section  con- 
veyed to  the  United  States  the  right  to  use  Pearl  Harbor, 
in  the  island  of  Oahu,  as  a  coaling  and  repair  station  for 
vessels.  To  make  this  harbor,  which,  is  capacious,  avail- 
able for  the  purpose,  it  was  necessary  to  cut  a  channel 
through  the  coral  reef  at  its  entrance — an  operation  which 
has  cost  the  United  States  $40,000.  The  United  States 
then  had  the  exclusive  use  of  Pearl  Harbor. 

In  1887,  when  the  American  party  was  again  firmly 
established  in  authority,  members  of  the  native  party, 
secretly  encouraged  by  the  King  and  his  sister,  Liliuo- 


I04         LILIUOKAIvANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION. 

kalani,  attempted  a  counter  revolution  for  the  purpose  of 
restoring  the  old  constitution.  On  July  2d  of  that  year 
they  seized  the  palace  and  Government  'buildings,  forti- 
fied them,  and  planted  artillery,  but  could  not  use  the 
guns  effectively,  and  were  no  match  for  the  trained  white 
militia,  who  without  the  loss  of  a  man  captured  the  build- 
ings and  drove  out  the  defenders,  killing  seven,  and 
wounding  twelve.  The  King  died  in  1891,  and  he  was 
succeeded  by  his  sister,  Liliuokalani.  Her  heiress  pre- 
sumptive was'  Princess  Kaiulani,  born  October  i6th, 
1875,  the  daughter  of  the  Queen's  deceased  younger  sis- 
ter, and  Mr.  A.  S.  Cleghorn,  a  Scotchman,  who  was  Gov- 
ernor of  Oahu,  aftier  the  death  of  the  Queen's  husband, 
Mr.  Dominis. 

Queen  Liliuokalani  was  born  near  the  city  of  Hono- 
lulu, September  2d,  1838.  Her  father's  name  was  Ka- 
paakea,  and  her  mother's  Keohokal<ole.  Her  great- 
grandaunt  was  the  celebrated  Queen  Kapirhani,  who  was 
one  of  the  first  converts  to  Christianity.  Her  father  lived 
in  a  large  grass  house,  which  was  surrounded  by  smaller 
ones,  the  homes  of  those  who  were  connected  with  his 
service.  But  she  was  not  destined  to  grow  up  in  the 
home  of  her  parents,  for  almost  immediately  after  her 
birth  she  was  wrapped  in  the  finest  of  cloth,  made  of 
tapa-,  and  taken  to  the  abode  of  another  chief,  who  adopt- 
ed her.  His  name  was  Paki,  and  that  of  his  wife's  Kouia. 
the  latter  being  a  granddaughter  of  Kamehameha  I. 
Their  only  daughter,  Bernice  Pauaki,  afterwards  became 
the  wife  of  Mr.  Charles  R.  Bishop. 

Although  her  own  father  and  mother  had  in  all  ten 


LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION.  105 

children,  when  LiHuokalani  met  them  in  after  hfe  it  was 
as  strangers ;  the  only  sister  she  ever  knew  was  Bernice, 
and  she  would  climb  upon  her  foster-father's  knee,  and 
he  would  caress  and  kiss  her,  as  though  she  were  his  own 
child.  When  Liliuokalani  reached  the  age  of  four,  she 
was  sent  to  what  was  then  known  as  the  Royal  School. 
It  was  called  by  this  name,  because  only  exclusive  per- 
sons whose  claim  to  the  throne  was  acknowledged  were 
permitted  to  go  there.  The  instructors  were  very  par- 
ticular in  teaching  the  pupils  the  English  language,  and 
the  family  life  was  made  pleasant. 

In  the  year  1848  the  school  began  to  decline  in  influ- 
ence, and  Liliuokalani  was  taken  from  there  and  sent  to 
the  day  school  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Beckwith,  who  was  one 
of  the  American  missionaries.  Being  a  very  studious 
girl,  she  acquired  much  knowledge,  and  to  this  day  she 
has  a  great  passion  for  learning.  In  1851  her  foster-father 
built  a  large  house,  but  lived  in  it  only  a  'short  time,  as  he 
died  four  years  later.  This  house  is  now  known  as  the 
Arlington  Hotel.  Her  girlhood  was  passed  in  this 
house,  and  it  will  ever  be  a  spot  of  interest  to  her.  Her 
sister,  Bernice,  married  in  her  eighteenth  year,  and  when 
Paki  died  Liliuokalani  went  to  live  with  Bernice-  and  it 
was  at  that  time  that  she  became  interested  in  her  future 
husband,  John  O.  Dominis,  although  in  her  school  days 
they  had  been  near  neighbors.  v» 

Liliuokalani  says :  "A  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Johnson,  a  mar- 
ried couple  of  rather  advanced  age,  established  a  day 
school  for  children  of  both  sexes  in  the  house  next  to  that 
of  the  Royal  School ;  their  lot  was  separated  from  ours  bv 


io6         LILIUOKALANI   AND  THE  REVOLUTION. 

a  high  fence  of  adobe,  or  siin-bakcd  brick.  The  boys 
used  to  chmb  the  fence  on  their  side  for  the  purpose  of 
looking  at  the  royal  children,  and  amongst  these  curious 
urchins  was  John  O.  Dominis.  His  father  was  a  sea 
captain,  who  had  originally  come  to  Honolulu  on  Cape 
Horn  voyages,  and  had  been  interested  in  trade,  both  in 
China  and  in  California.  The  ancestors  of  Captain 
Dominis  were  from  Italy ;  but  Mrs.  Dominis  was  an 
American,  born  at  Boston,  and  was  a  descedant  of  one  of 
the  early  English  settlers." 

At  the  royal  wedding  of  Alexander  Liholiho  and 
Emma  Rooke,  Honolulu  was  the  scene  of  great  festivity. 
This  occurred  June  19th,  1856.  Liliuokalani  was  one  of 
the  bridesmaids,  and  in  speaking  of  this  fete,  she  says : 
"The  King  was  returning  from  Moanlua  with  a  large 
escort,  a  calvacade  of  perhaps  two  hundred  riders  of  both 
sexes.  Amongst  these  was  General  J.  O.  Dominis,  then 
a  young  man  on  the  stafif  of  Prince  Lot.  He  was  riding 
by  my  side  when  an  awkward  horseman  forced  his  horse 
between  us,  and  in  the  confusion  Mr.  Dominis  was 
thrown  from  his  horse  and  his  leg  broken.  He  gained 
the  saddle,  however,  and  insisted  on  accompanying  me 
to  my  iiome.  where  he  dismounted  and  helped  me  from 
my  horse.  He  then  rode  home ;  but  by  the  time  he  had 
reached  his  own  house  his  leg  had  become  so  swollen 
and  painful  that  he  could  not  dismount  without  as- 
sistance, and  for  some  time,  until  the  bone  had  become 
united,  was  confined  to  his  house." 

The  following  November,  on  account  of  the  illness  of 
her  mother,  Liliuokalani  went  with  her  to  Hawaii  for  her 


LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION.  107 

health,  but  it ^ was  so  different  from  the  Hfe  she  had  been 
leading,  she  did  not  like  it  there.  Prince  William  offered 
himself  to  her,  and  they  became  engaged,  but  the  en- 
gagement was  of  short  duration.  Kouia  died  July  2d, 
1857.  and  the  death  of  her  mother  placed  Liliuokalani 
still  more  under  the  charge  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bishop. 

Liliuokalani  was  married  to  Mr.  Dominis  the  sixteenth 
of  September,  1862,  at  the  home  of  the  Bishops,  who  were 
then  residing  in  the  house  which  her  father,  Paki,  had 
built,  and  which,  as  before  stated,  is  now  the  Arlington 
Hotel.  Her  husband  then  took  her  to  his  home,  known 
as  Washington  Place,  which  afterwards  became  her 
private  residence. 

Liliuokalani's  brother,  the  King  Kalakaua,  began  his 
reign  on  February  12th,  1874.  In  the  autumn  of  that 
year  he  made  a  trip  around  the  world. 

A  curious  incident  occurred  when  the  King  and  his 
suite  were  nearing  Cairo. 

"On  leaving  Suez  the  chief  official  of  the  Egyptian 
party  asked  if  it  was  His  Majesty's  pleasure  to  lunch  on 
the  way.  The  King  cordially  replied  that  it  was.  There- 
upon a  telegram  was  sent  to  the  proper  station.  'Prepare 
lunch  for  the  King  of  the  Sandwich  Islands.'  On  ar- 
riving at  the  station  the  King,  his  suite  and  the  officials 
were  formally  taken  into  a  room,  the  doors  of  which 
were  guarded  by  soldiers,  and  several  large  piles  of  sand- 
wiches were  presented  to  the  King.  The  chief  oflFicial  at 
once  stormed  about  it,  and  inquired  what  was  meant  by 
offering  such  a  lunch.     The  keeper  of  the  station  was 


io8         ULIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION. 

brought  in,  and  meekly  explained  that  the  telegram  read, 
'Prepare  a  lunch  of  sandwiches  for  the  King.'  " 

Kalakaua  was  in  no  way  related  to  the  royal  family  of 
Kamehameha's ;  he  was  only  a  high  chief,  and  was  re- 
puted to  be  the  illegitimate  son  of  a  negro  cobbler,  who 
had  gone  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands  from  Boston.  Before 
he  assumed  the  throne,  he  was  a  police  court  attorney, 
and  was  chosen  by  the  Legislature,  supported  by  the 
American  residents. 

The  King  drank  and  gambled  inordinately.  He  was 
superstitious,  corrupt  and  sensual,  and  his  principal  ad- 
\^iser  was  an  unscrupulous  ex-Mormon  missionary.  Mr. 
Lucien  Young  says  that  "as  late  as  1890  the  King  came 
out  upon  a  dais,  stripped  to  the  skin,  and  in  the  presence 
of  several  hundred  pagans,  at  a  secluded  place  near 
Honolulu,  fully  proved  himself  an  adept  in  all  the 
filthy  performances  required  by  his  native  followers — 
performances  that,  if  described,  would  cause  a  shade  to 
pass  over  the  cheek  of  the  most  depraved  frequenter  of 
the  slums  of  Gotham." 

Kalakaua's  favorite  pastime  was  to  witness  the  hula 
dance,  and  he  kept  a  dancing  troupe  of  his  own,  for  his 
amusement,  as  well  as  that  of  his  friends.  This  dance 
was  very  vulgar,  and  is  now  chiefly  carried  on  in  secrecy. 

The  strong  and  athletic  constitution  of  the  King  broke 
down  under  his  excessive  dissipations,  and  seeking  to  re- 
gain his  health,  he  went  to  California,  but  died  at  the  Pal- 
ace Hotel,  San  Francisco,  January  20th,  1891. 

Nine  days  after  his  remains  were  brought  to  Honolulu, 


ULIUOKALANI  AND  TPIE  REVOLUTION.  109 

his  sister,  Mrs.  Dominis,  was  proclaimed  Queen  Liliuo- 
kalani,  and  took  the  oath  to  support  the  constitution. 

LiHuokalani  possessed  greater  courage  and  was  more 
poHtic  than  her  brother,  but,  like  him,  she  was  supersti- 
tious, and  selfish,  and  a  hater  of  the  whites.  She  made 
many  people  believe  she  was  a  strict  believer  in  the 
Christian  religion,  when  in  reality  she  was  an  idolatress. 
In  speaking  of  her,  Mr.  Young  says :  "She  kept  around 
her  a  lot  of  kahunas  and  heathen  sorcerers  to  counsel  and 
assist  her,  and  women  of  openly  bad  character  were  her 
constant  personal  attendants.  She  was  addicted  to  the 
grossest  social  vices,  while  her  amours  were  open,  flag- 
rant and  notorious.  When  not  under  the  gaze  of  her 
Christian  friends,  she  delighted  to  take  part  in  just  such 
debauches  and  savage  orgies  as  her  royal  brother,  Kala- 
kaua,  had  so  frequently  indulged  in  before  her.  The 
Queen's  first  official  act  was  a  refusal  to  recognize  the 
ministers  of  the  late  King,  and  they,  upon  advice  of  the 
Supreme  Court,  resigned,  and  a  ministry  was  appointed 
in  their  stead,  composed  of  men  she  selected  under  prom- 
ise, made  in  advance,  that  they  would  appoint  her  favorite 
paramour  to  the  marshalship  of  the  kingdom.  This  of- 
ficial had  absolute  command  of  the  police  force,  and  dur- 
ing the  Queen's  reign  he  was  really  vested  with  the 
powers  of  a  dictator.  His  advice  was  paramount  over 
that  of  the  Cabinet  Ministers,  and  it  was  not  an  uncom- 
mon procedure  for  him  to  openly  and  in  the  presence  of 
her  ministers  oppose  or  nullify  their  contemplated  acts." 

LiHuokalani  was  not  a  favorite  with  the  natives,  and 


no         LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION. 

when  she  made  tours  through  her  reahii  was  received 
with  scant  liospitaiity. 

llic  average  native  Hawaiian  is  weak,  not  wicked,  and 
nai ', : rail y  conservative. 

'i  he  Kalakaua  family  have  been  the  very  worst  ene- 
mjvs  the  natives  could  have.  Ever  since  LiHuokalani  and 
her  brother  came  into  power  their  influence  has  been  de- 
grading, with  love  for  their  own  personal,  selfish  ends. 
If  it  had  not  been  for  them,  the  monarchy  and  native 
government  might  have  retained  power  indefinitely, 
v^ithout  the  whites'  interference  or  opposition.  There 
was  much  dissatisfaction  on  the  part  of  both  natives  and 
whites,  and  it  led  to  a  secret  organization,  having  for  its 
I)urpose  the  remedy  of  existing  evils. 

The  Queen,  learning  of  this,  conceived  the  idea  of  us- 
ing those  engaged  in  the  conspiracy  in  the  promulgation 
of  a  new  constitution,  and  if  not  successful,  to  become 
familiar  with  their  intentions  so  she  could  at  any  mo- 
ment remove  every  danger  of  disturbance  in  her  con- 
templated coup.  She  encouraged  them  in  their  designs, 
and  by  diplomacy  obtained  from  them  a  promise  of  neu- 
trality, if  not  acquiescence. 

Then  she  had  prepared  a  constitution  which  granted 
her  the  powers  she  craved,  and  which  she  proposed  to 
proclaim,  relying  upon  the  absolute  support  of  the  royal 
guard  and  police  force. 

Just  as  things  were  progressing  to  the  Queen's  satis- 
faction a  large  number  of  men,  who  were  hostile  to  her, 
were  admitted  to  membership. 


LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE   REVOLUTION.  iii 

Having  a  feeling  of  unconcealed  distrust,  she  urged 
immediate  action. 

Her  colleagues  were  sent  for,  and  upon  their  refusal  to 
support  her,  she  broke  the  conspiracy  up  and  had  them 
all  placed  under  arrest.  When  they  were  brought  to 
trial,  fearing  the  true  facts  of  the  case  might  come  out, 
she  had  the  trial  stopped. 

This  was  in  1892. 

Before  the  Queen  had  an  opportunity  to  do  anything 
else  the  legislature  met  and  things  were  held  in  check  for 
a  time.  The  members  were  chosen  in  February  and  took 
their  seats  in  May.  They  were  divided  into  different  par- 
ties known  as  Reform.  National  Reform  and  Liberal  par- 
ties, and  three  or  four  independents. 

The  Reform  party  had  for  its  members  the  progressive 
whites  of  Amencan  nationality,  Germans  and  Portu- 
guese, and  they  were  bitterly  opposed  to  the  personal 
power  of  the  Queen,  but  favored  the  laws  beneficial  to 
commerce.  They  wished  to  have  closer  commercial  re- 
lations with  the  United  States,  and  the  laying  of  an  ocean 
cable. 

It  was  also  their  desire  that  agricultural  interests  for  the 
support  of  the  government  might  be  based  upon  mini- 
mum taxation. 

The  National  Reform  party  was  composed  chiefly  of 
the  English  and  Canadians,  and  those  who  held  little 
property  or  had  any  interests  on  the  islands.  These,  as 
well  as  the  Liberal  party,  who  were  all  native  members 
and  low  class  of  whites,  favored  universal  suffrage,  and 
the  absolute  rule  of  the  Queen. 


112         LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION. 

The  American  minister  realized  the  situation,  as  he 
was  associated  with  the  Reform  party  and  was  able 
through  them  to  check  any  moves  which  might  be  detri- 
mental to  the  United  States  interests.  The  English  min- 
ister favored  the  National  Reform  party,  and  in  public 
and  private  did ,  all  he  could  to  obtain  any  advantage 
which  would  benefit  his  country.  As  he  had  resided  in 
the  islands  a  long  time  and  was  the  head  of  a  large  fam- 
ily, he  had  great  influence  with  his  party.  But  not  pos- 
sessing the  virtue  of  tact  and  diplomacy,  he  relied  upon 
a  class  of  people  who  told  all  his  secrets. 

Our  sagacious  diplomat,  Mr.  John  L.  Stevens,  sat  in 
his  office  quietly  pulling  all  the  wires  to  bring  American 
interests  to  the  front,  and  he  played  his  cards  so  well  that 
he  was  universally  hated  by  the  leaders  of  the  Reform 
and  Liberal  parties. 

The  Queen,  pretending  to  have  the  most  cordial  rela- 
tions with  the  United  States,  concocted  "a  plan  of  nego- 
tiating a  loan  in  England  upon  a  first-class  mortgage  of 
the  port  dues  of  Honolulu." 

A  bill  to  this  effect  was  later  introduced,  but  was  voted 
down. 

Everything  was  in  a  perilous  state  and  ruin  stared  on 
all  sides. 

Mr.  Young  says :  "The  large  sugar  estates  that  came 
into  existence  through  the  gratuity  of  the  treaty. of  reci- 
procity with  the  United  States  were,  in  addition  to  the 
agitated  conditions  of  affairs,  affected  by  the  provisions 
of  the  McKinley  tariff,  and  plainly  foresaw  that  unless 
something  was  done  toward  establishing  closer  relations 


LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION.  113 

with  the  United  States  they  would  suffer,  and  they 
therefore  became  more  active  in  support  of  the  Reform 
party,  which  was  the  party  most  strongly  favoring  Amer- 
ican interests." 

In  the  turmoil  and  agitation  incident  to  this  state  of 
things  the  Legislature  was  split  into  factions  and  bills 
were  passed  that  were  obnoxious  to  the  Americans,  es- 
pecially one  licensing  a  gigantic  lottery  company,  which 
they  considered  to  be  a  measure  not  only  demoralizing 
to  Hawaii,  but  unfriendly  to  the  United  States,  where  the 
lottery  had  recently  been  suppressed. 

The  project  of  an  opium  monopoly  was  revived  also. 

Not  being  able  to  check  the  tendency  to  loose,  corrupt 
and  hasteful  legislation  the  Americans  who  had  acconi- 
plished  the  revolution  of  1887,  men  who  had  taken  a 
leading  part  in  the  political  and  commercial  development 
of  the  country,  and  were  connected  with  or  upheld  by 
principal  sugar  planting  and  other  property  interests, 
took  up  again  the  project  of  annexation  to  the  United 
States,  which  they  had  harbored  in  1887. 

The  Queen,  yielding  to  pressure  from  one  quarter  and 
another,  changed  her  ministers  several  times,  and  at  last 
angered  the  Reform  party  by  choosing  a  Cabinet  that 
was  favorable  to  the  lottery,  which  would  uphold  her,  as 
she  was  led  to  suppose,  in  her  design  to  restore  the  old 
constitution. 

On  Saturday,  Jan.  14,  1893.  the  Legislature  was  pro- 
rogued, and  on  that  day  the  Queen  signed  the  lottery  bill, 
which  was  suspected  to  have  been  passed  for  the  benefit 
of  the  owners  of  the  lottery  that  had  been  abolished  in 
> 


114         WLIUOKAIvANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION. 

Louisiana.  Minister  Stevens  denounced  the  act  as  a  di- 
rect attack  on  the  United  States  Government. 

A  meeting  of  nearly  one  hundred  citizens  took  place  in 
the  office  of  Mr.  W.  O.  Smith  on  the  afternoon  of  Jan. 

14. 

The  Queen's  ministers,  Colburn  and   Peterson,  were 

present,  and  the  former  counseled  armed  resistance  to 
the  revolutionary  purpose  of  the  Queen,  which  she  had 
not  yet  been  persuaded  to  abandon  or  defer.  These  citi- 
zens appointed  a  committee  of  public  safety,  composed  of 
thirteen  members,  to  consider  the  situation  and  devise 
ways  and  means  for  the  maintenance  of  the  public  peace 
and  the  protection  of  life  and  property.  The  committee 
decided  to  depose  the  Queen  and  establish  a  provisional 
government. 

On  the  following  morning  Colburn  and  Peterson  were 
invited  to  take  charge  of  it;  but  the  ministers,  who  had 
meanwhile  induced  the  Queen  to  recede  from  her  pur- 
pose, declined.  The  committee  resolved  to  abrogate  the 
monarchy  and  treat  for  the  annexation  of  the  islands  to 
the  United  States. 

On  the  afternoon  of  Jan.  16  two  mass  meetings  w^ere 
held,  one  by  the  supporters  of  the  Committee  of  Safety, 
and  one  by  the  friends  of  the  Government. 

The  former  voted  the  following  resolution : 
.  "We  do  hereby  ratify  and  appoint  and  indorse  the  ac- 
tion taken  and  report  made  by  the  said  Committee  of 
Safety,  and  we  do  hereby  further  empower  such  commit- 
tee to  further  consider  the  situation  and  further  devise 
such  ways  and  means  as  may  be  necessary  to  secure  the 


LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION.  115 

permanent  maintenance  of  law  and  order,  and  the  pro- 
tection of  life,  liberty  and  property  in  Hawaii." 

At  the  other  meeting  it  was  resolved  as  follows :  *'That 
the  assurance  of  Her  Majesty  contained  in  this  day's 
proclamation  is  accepted  by  the  people  as  a  satisfactory 
guarantee  that  the  Government  does  not  and  will  not 
seek  any  modification  of  the  constitution  by  any  other 
means  than  those  provided  in  the  organic  law." 

Before  the  first  meeting  Marshal  Wilson,  the  head  of 
the  police,  went  to  the  Committee  of  Safety  and  demand- 
ed that  the  meeting  should  not  be  held,  promising  at  the 
same  time  that  the  Queen  would  not  issue  a  new  consti- 
tution, even  if  he  had  to  use  force  to  prevent  her.  Mr. 
Thurston  declined  to  accept  such  a  guarantee  and  said 
that  the  Americans  would  stand  it  no  longer,  and  pur- 
posed settling  the  matter  once  and  for  all.  Wilson  re- 
ported this  to  the  Cabinet,  and  advised  arresting  the 
committee,  but  the  Cabinet  refused  to  allow  it.  After  the 
adjournment  of  the  first  meeting  the  Committee  of  Safe- 
ty sent  a  petition  for  protection  to  the  United  States 
minister,  who  had  arrived  on  the  man-of-war  "Boston" 
from  another  part  of  the  island  on  Saturday.  It  was 
worded  thus : 

"We,  the  undersigned  citizens  and  residents  of  Hono- 
lulu, respectfully  represent  that,  in  view  of  recent  events 
in  this  kingdom,  culminating  in  the  revolutionary  acts  of 
Queen  Liliuokalani  on  Saturday  past,  the  public  safety 
is  menaced,  and  lives  and  property  are  in  peril,  and  we 
appeal  to  you  and  the  United  States  forces  at  your  com- 
mand for  assistance.    The  Queen,  with  the  aid  of  armed 


ii6         LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION. 

force,  and  accompanied  by  threats  of  violence  and  blood- 
shed from  those  with  whom  she  was  acting,  attempted  to 
proclaim  a' new  constitution,  and  while  prevented  for  the 
time  from  accomplishing  her  object,  declared  pubhcly 
that  she  would  only  defer  her  action. 

"This  conduct  and  action  were  upon  an  occasion  and 
under  circumstances  which  have  created  general  alarm 
and  terror. 

"We  are  unable  to  protect  ourselves  without  aid,  and 
therefore  pray  for  the  protection  of  the  United  States 
forces." 

Minister  Stevens  addressed  a  written  request  to  Cap- 
tain Gilbert  C.  Wiltse  of  the  "Boston,"  and  commander 
of  the  American  naval  force,  as  follows : 

"In  view  of  the  existing  critical  circumstances  in  Hon- 
olulu, indicating  an  inadequate  legal  force,  I  request  you 
to  land  marines  and  sailors  from  the  ship  under  your 
command  for  the  protection  of  the  United  States  lega- 
tion and  the  United  States  consulate,  and  to  secure  the 
safety  of  American  life  and  property." 

Captain  Wiltse  ordered  a  detachment  of  marines  to 
land,  under  the  command  of  Lieut.  Com.  Swinburne,  to 
whom  he  gave  these  instructions : 

"You  will  talce  command  of  the  battalion  and  land  in 
Honolulu  for  the  purpose  of  protecting  our  legation,  and 
the  lives  and  property  of  American  citizens,  and  to  assist 
in  the  preservation  of  public  order.  Great  prudence  must 
be  exercised  by  both  officers  and  men,  and  no  action 
taken  that  is  not  fully  warranted  by  the  condition  of  af- 
fairs, and  by  the  conduct  of  those  who  may  be  inimical 


LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION.  117 

to  the  treaty  rights  of  American  citizens.  You  will  in- 
form me  at  the  earliest  possible  moment  of  any  change 
in  the  situation." 

The  Committee  of  Safety  felt  they  had  been  hasty  in 
asking  for  the  intervention  of  United  States  troops  and 
sent  a  committee  to  Minister  Stevens  asking  him  to  de- 
lay the  landing  of  the  men.  But  the  troops,  of  160  men. 
had  already  landed.  Some  were  accommodated  at  the 
American  legation,  and  some  at  the  consulate.  Finally 
Arion  Hall  was  secured  for  them. 

\\'hen  Mr.  Thurston  and  two  other  delegates  of  the 
Committee  of  Safety  told  Minister  Stevens  that  they  were 
not  prepared  to  have  the  troops  land  so  soon,  he  said  to 
them : 

''Gentlemen,  the  troops  of  the  'Boston*  landed  at  five 
o'clock  this  afternoon,  whether  you  are  ready  or  not." 

The  Queen's  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs  sent  this  pro- 
test to  Minister  Stevens : 

"I  have  the  honor  to  inform  your  excellency  that  the 
troops  from  the  United  States  steamer  'Boston'  were 
landed  in  this  port  at  five  o'clock  this  evening  without 
the  request  or  knowledge  of  Her  Majesty's  Government. 
As  the  situation  is  one  which  does  not  call  for  interfer- 
ence on  the  part  of  the  United  States  Government,  my 
colleagues  and  myself  would  most  respectfully  request  of 
your  excellency  the  authorship  upon  which  this  action 
was  taken.  I  would  also  add  that  any  protection  that 
may  have  been  considered  necessary  for  the  American 
legation,  or  for  American  property  and  interests,  would 


Ii8         LILIUOKALANl  AND  THE  RKVOLUTICN. 

have  been  cheerfully  furnished  by  Her  Majesty's  Govern- 
ment." 

Another  protest  came  from  the  Governor  of  the  island, 
who  wrote : 

"It  is  my  duty  to  solemnly  protest  to  your  excellency 
against  the  landing-  this  evening,  without  permission 
from  the  proper  authorities,  of  an  armed  force  from  the 
United  States  ship  'Boston.' 

"Your  excellency  well  knows  that  when  you  have  de- 
sired to  land  naval  forces  of  the  United  States  for  the 
purpose  of  drill,  permission  by  the  local  authorities  has 
been  readily  accorded.  On  the  present  occasion,  how- 
ever, the  circumstances  are  entirely  different,  and  os- 
tensibly the  present  landing  is  for  the  discharge  of  func- 
tions which  are  distinctly  responsible  duties  of  the  Ha- 
waiian Government. 

"Such  being  the  case,  I  am  compelled  to  impress  upon 
your  excellency  the  international  questions  involved  in 
this  matter,  and  the  grave  responsibilities  thereby  as-' 
sumed." 

Mr.  Stevens  on  the  following  day  sent  this  answer  to 
Mr.  Parker: 

"Yours  of  yesterday  in  regard  to  the  landing  of  the 
United  States  naval  forces  in  Honolulu  duly  received  and 
its  import  considered. 

"In  whatever  the  United  States  diplomatic  and  naval 
representatives  have  done,  or  may  do,  at  this  critical  hour 
of  Hawaiian  afifairs,  we  will  be  guided  by  the  kindest 
views  and  feelings  for  all  parties  concerned,  and  by  the 


ULIUOKALANI  AND   THE  REVOLUTION.  119 

warmest  sentiments  for  the  Hawaiian  people,  and  the 
persons  of  all  nationalities." 

In  answer  Mr.  Cleghorn  wrote: 

"My  responsibility  as  the  United  States  minister  pleni- 
potentiary at  this  critical  time  in  Hawaiian  affairs  it  is 
impossible  for  me  to  ignore.  I  assure  you  that  whatever 
responsibility  the  American  diplomatic  and  naval  repre- 
sentatives have  assumed  or  may  assume,  we  shall  do  our 
utmost  to  regard  the  welfare  of  all  concerned.'' 

The  Queen  on  the  17th  addressed  the  following  com- 
munication to  Minister  Stevens,  which  was  counter- 
signed  by  all  the  ministers : 

"The  assurance  conveyed  by  a  royal  proclamation  by 
myself  and  ministers  yesterday  having  been  received  by 
my  native  subjects  and  by  them  ratified  at  a  mass  meet- 
ing was  received  in  a  different  spirit  by  the  meeting  rep- 
resenting the  foreign  population  and  interests  in  my 
kingdom.  It  is  now  my  desire  to  give  to  your  excellency, 
as  the  diplomatic  representative  of  the  United  States  of 
America  at  my  court,  the  solemn  assurance  that  the  pres- 
ent constitution  will  be  upheld  and  maintained  by  me  and 
my  ministers,  and  no  changes  will  be  made  except  by  the 
method  therein  provided.  It  is  now  my  desire  to  express 
to  your  excellency  this  assurance  in  the  spirit  of  that 
friendship  which  has  ever  existed  between  my  kingdom 
and  that  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  and  which  I  trust  will  long  continue." 

An  hour  after  this  had  been  delivered  to  the  American 
Minister  the  members  of  the  Queen's  Cabinet  called  on 
him  to  ask  him  to  assist  the  authorized  Government  in 


I20         LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION„ 

suppressing  the  revolt,  or,  if  he  did  not  wish  to  do  that,  to 
remove  the  United  States  troops  back  on  board  the 
"Boston,"  as  the  Government  had  ample  forces.  He  an- 
swered that  the  troops  were  there  for  the  specific  pur- 
pose of  protecting  American  life  and  property,  and  would 
not  take  sides  either  with  the  monarchy  or  those  who 
were  creating  a  new  government. 

The  minister  and  naval  commander  in  landing  troops 
without  the  request  and  keeping  them  on  shore  against 
the  protests  of  the  established  authorities  acted  on  stand- 
ing instructions  first  issued  by  Secretary  of  State  Bayard 
and  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  in  1887,  according  to 
which  American  troops  should  be  landed  in  Hawaii  when 
necessary  for  the  protection  of  American  life  and  prop- 
erty, and  for  the  preservation  of  public  order. 

The  Committee  of  Safety  met  that  evening  and  organ-, 
ized  a  provisional  government,  and  Mr.  Smith  read  a 
proclamation  endmg  with  this  declaration : 

"We,  citizens  and  residents  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands, 
organized  and  acting  for  the  public  safety  and  the  com- 
mon good,  hereby  proclaim  as  follows : 

"The  Hawaiian  monarchical  system  of  government  is 
hereby  abrogated. 

"A  provisional  government  for  the  control  and  man- 
agement of  public  affairs  and  the  protection  of  the  pub- 
lic peace  is  hereby  established,  to  exist  until  terms  of 
union  with  the  United  States  of  America  have  been  ne-i 
gotiated  and  agreed  upon." 

After  the  reading  of  this  proclamation  Minister  Stev- 
ens, having  sent  his  aid,  and  Captain  Wiltse  an  officer  to 


LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION.  121 

examine  the  Government  building  and  see  if  the  provis- 
ional government  was  in  actual  possession,  formally  rec- 
ognized the  Provisional  Government  as  the  de  facto  Gov- 
ernment of  the  country. 

In  regard  to  this  resolution,  Mr.  Stevens  says : 
"When  Captain  W'iltse  and  myself  on  the  ''Boston" 
arrived  in  the  harbor  of  Honolulu  on  the  forenoon  of 
Jan.  14,  I  was  completely  taken  by  surprise  at  what  the 
Queen,  the  palace  associates,  and  the  lottery  gang  had 
accomplished  in  ten  days.  The  remonstrances  of  the 
Chamber  of  Commerce  of  the  numerous  petitions  of 
some  of  the  best  people  of  the  island,  both  whites  and 
natives,  and  the  earnest  pleadings  of  those  who  had  pre- 
viously adhered  to  the  monarchy,  had  been  defiantly  dis- 
regarded. I  found  the  city  in  great  excitement,  and 
learned  that  for  many  hours  there  had  been  an  anxious 
desire  for  the  return  of  the  "Boston,"  and  this  desire  was 
strong  among  the  thoughtful  supporters  of  the  monarchy 
as  well  as  among  the  great  body  of  the  responsible  citi- 
zens. The  surging,  irresistible  tide  of  revolution  was 
then  obvious  to  all  persons  not  willfully  blind.  Without 
sleep  for  two  days  and  nights  on  the  "Boston,"  without 
stopping  to  change  dress,  as  soon  as  possible  I  sought 
to  co-operate  with  the  English  Minister  to  get  access  to 
the  Queen  and  to  try  by  friendly  advice  to  avert  the  revo- 
lution. It  was  too  late ;  the  mob  of  royal  retainers  were 
already  gathering  at  the  palace  to  aid  the  Queen  to  carry 
out  her  plan  of  overturning  the  constitution." 

Sanford  B.  Dole,  the  President  of  the  Provisional  Gov- 


122         LILIUOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION. 

ernment,  requested  that  the  United  States  troops  should 
preserve  order,  saying: 

"We  have  conferred  with  the  ministers  of  the  late  Gov- 
ernment, and  have  made  demand  upon  the  Marshal  to 
surrender  the  Station  House.  We  are  not  yet  actually 
in  possession  of  the  Station  House,  but  as  night  is  ap- 
proaching and  our  forces  may  be  insufficient  to  maintain 
order,  we  request  the  immediate  support  of  the  United 
States  forces,  and  would  request  that  the  commander  of 
the  United  States  forces  take  command  of  our  military 
forces,  so  that  they  may  act  together  for  the  protection  of 
the  city." 

It  is  claimed  that  the  Queen  had  a  well-armed  force  of 
seven  hundred  men,  headed  by  her  favorite,  Wilson.  But 
Minister  Stevens  says : 

"The  representation  that  Wilson  had  sufficient  force 
in  the  limited  area  of  the  Police  Station  to  sustain  the 
monarchy  is  notoriously  absurd  to  all  honest  persons 
acquainted  with  the  facts.  If  the  Queen  had  this  force, 
why  had  it  not  been  exerted  while  the  outraged  people 
were  openly  holding  their  great  mass  meeting  and  mak- 
ing their  arrangements  for  the  establishment  of  a  new 
Government?  Why  did  Wilson  and  his  so-called  force 
wait  until  the  outraged  citizens  gathered  with  their  rifles 
and  bottled  them  up  in  the  Police  Station  House?  Why 
did  the  Queen's  representatives  call  at  the  United  States 
Legation  on  the  17th  and  ask  the  aid  of  the  United 
States  forces  to  support  her? 

The  Station  House  and  P)arracks  were  still  in  the  pos- 
session  of  the   Queen's  forces.     When   a   demand  was 


LIIvIUOKALAXI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION.  123 

.  made  that  Marshal  Wilson  should  surrender  the  build- 
ing, arms  and  ammunition,  and  disband  his  force,  he  re- 
fused to  do  so,  except  upon  the  written  command  of  the 
Queen.  The  order  was  prepared,  and  the  Queen's  signa- 
ture obtained,  and  when  this  was  taken  to  Wilson  he  sur- 
rendered the  Station  House  and  Barracks  about  half  past 
seven  o'clock. 

After  the  surrender  of  the  Queen's  Government  the 
Provisional  Government  was  formally  recognized  as  the 
existing  de  facto  Government  within  two  or  three  days 
by  the  French,  Portuguese,  British  and  Japanese  repre- 
sentatives. 

Minister  Stevens  and  Captain  Wiltse  decided  to  estab- 
lish a  protectorate  ouer  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  and  when 
the  fiag  of  the  United  States  was  raised  at  nine  o'clock  on 
Feb.  I  the  United  States  Minister  issued  this  proclama- 
tion to  the  people : 

"At  the  request  of  the  Provisional  Government  of  the 
Hawaiian  Islands,  I  hereby,  in  the  name  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  assume  protection  of  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  for  the  protection  of  life  and  property,  and  occu- 
pation of  public  buildings  and  Hawaiian  soil,  so  far  as 
may  be  necessary  for  the  purpose  specified,  but  not  in- 
terfering with  the  administration  of  public  affairs  by  the 
Provisional  Government.  This  action  is  taken  pending 
and  subject  to  negotiations  at  Washington." 

Early  in  the  morning  a  force  of  United  States  marines 
was  drawn  up  before  the  Government  building,  and  after 
the  flag  was  hoisted  over  it  the  proclamation  was  publicly 


124         LILIUOKAIvANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION. 

read.     In  a  dispatch  announcing  the  assertion  of  a  pro- 
tectorate, Minister  Stevens  said: 

**The  Hawaiian  pear  is  now  fully  ripe,  and  this  is  the 
golden  hour  for  the  United  States  to  pluck  it." 

On  the  receipt  of  his  dispatch  Secretary  Foster  wrote 
Feb.  II,  disavowing  the  minister's  action  so  far  as  it  im- 
plied "the  establishment  of  a  protectorate,  which  is  in 
fact  the  positive  erection  of  a  paramount  authority  over 
or  in  place  of  the  duly  constituted  local  Government,  and 
the  assumption  by  the  protector  of  the  especial  respon- 
sibilities attached  to  such  formal  protection,"  or  so  far 
as  it  impaired  "in  any  way  the  independent  sovereignty 
of  the  Hawaiian  Government  by  substituting  the  flag  and 
the  power  of  the  United  States  as  the  symbol  and  mani- 
festation of  paramount  authority." 

The  flag  was  kept  flying  and  the  American  garrison 
maintained  until  after  the  Democratic  Administration 
came  into  power  at  Washington.  Captain  Wiltse  was 
recalled,  and  Rear  Admiral  Skerrett  was  ordered  to  Ha- 
waii by  command  of  President  Harrison.  Secretary  of 
the  Navy  Tracy  told  him  before  he  took  his  departure 
that  the  Government  would  "be  very  glad  to  annex  Ha- 
waii, but  as  a  matter  of  course  none  but  the  ordinary 
legal  means  can  be  used  to  persuade  these  people  to 
come  into  the  United  States."  In  Hawaii  there  was  fear 
of  British  interference,  and  when  the  British  cruiser 
"Garnet"  arrived  shortly  after  the  American  flag  was 
hoisted,  preparations  were  made  for  a  defense. 

On  Jan.  19  the  Commissioners  sailed  on  a  specially 
chartered    steamer    for    San    Francisco,     bringing    the 


LIIvILOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION.  125 

draft  of  a  treaty  of  annexation.  The  Queen's  attor- 
ney, Paul  Neumann,  applied  for  passage  on  the  same 
steamer,  in  order  that  he  might  present  her  case  to  the 
American  Government,  but  it  was  refused. 

The  Annexation  Commissioners  arrived  in  Washing- 
ton Feb.  3,  and  discussed  the  treaty  with  the  Secretary  of 
State.  They  had  another  interview  on  the  nth,  when  the 
terms  were  practically  agreed  upon,  and  on  the  14th  the 
treaty  was  formally  concluded. 

The  treaty  provided  "that  until  Congress  determines 
otherwise  the  existing  laws  of  Hawaii  will  continue,  sub- 
ject to  the  paramount  authority  of  the  United  States.  A 
resident  Commissioner  will  be  appointed  with  power  to 
veto  any  act  of  the  Government.  Until  the  necessary 
legislation  has  been  enacted  the  existing  foreign  and 
commercial  relations  will  be  continued.  The  further  im- 
migration of  Chinese  will  be  prohibited,  and  the  Chinese 
now  in  Hawaii  will  not  be  permitted  to  enter  the  United 
States.  The  United  States  will  take  over  the  public  debt 
amounting  to  $3,250,000,  and  will  pay  an  annual  allow- 
ance of  $20,000  to  Queen  Liliuokalani  and  a  lump  sum  of 
$150,000  to  Princess  Kaiulani.  The  sugar  producers  will 
not  take  part  in  the  bounty  under  the  McKinley  law  im- 
less  Congress  so  enacts." 

In  accordance  with  international  law  treaties  between 
countries  exprre  if  either  contracting  party  ceases  to  be 
an  independent  state.  The  treaties  concluded  by  Hawaii 
therefore  terminated  upon  annexation. 

Among  the  documents  accompanying  the  treaty  as  it 
was  submitted  to  Congress  was  a  letter  from  the  deposed 


126         LILILOKALANI  AND  THE  REVOLUTION. 

Queen   to   President   Harrison,   praying-  that   no   action 
should  be  taken  until  her  envoy  could  be  heard. 

The  treaty  was  laid  before  the  Senate  for  its  action  on 
Feb.  15.  President  Harrison  in  his  message  submitting 
the  treaty,  which  was  based  on  the  statement  of  facts  em- 
bodied in  a  report  of  Secretary  Foster,  said : 

"It  is  deemed  by  the  Government  more  desirable  to 
annex  the  islands  than  to  claim  a  protectorate  over  them 
The  United  States  in  no  way  promoted  the  overthrow  of 
the  monarchy,  which  originated  in  what  seems  to  have 
been  a  reactionary  revolution  against  the  policy  of  Queen 
Liliuokalani,  imperiling  foreign  interests.  It  is  evident 
that  the  monarchy  was  efifete  and  that  the  Queen's  Gov- 
ernment has  been  a  prey  to  designing  persons.  The  res- 
toration of  the  monarchy  is  undesirable,  if  not  impossible. 
It  is  essential  that  none  of  the  other  great  powers  shall 
secure  the  islands,  as  this  would  be  inconsistent  with  our 
safety  and  the  peace  of  the  world." 

In  conclusion  the  message  declared  that  no  Govern- 
ment had  protested  against  the  projected  annexation. 
Prompt  action  was  desirable  and  legislation  on  the  sub- 
ject should  be  characterized  by  great  liberality  and  a 
high  regard  for  the  rights  of  natives  and  foreigners. 


THS  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII. 


CHAPTER  IX. 

THE  ANNEXATION  OF   HAWAII. 

When  President  Cleveland  assumed  office  he  withdrew 
the  treaty  from  the  Senate  for  further  consideration, 
^larch  ninth.  The  Hawaiian  Commissioners  returned 
to  their  country,  all  except  Mr.  Thurston,  who,  in  May, 
was  commissioned  Hawaiian  Minister  at  Washington, 
succeeding  Mr.  J.  Mott  Smith,  who  had  been  recalled. 

President  Cleveland  sent  Mr.  James  H.  Blount  of  Geor- 
gai  to  Hawaii  as  special  commissioner  to  investigate  mat- 
ters.    Secretary  Gresham  gave  him  these  instructions : 

"You  will  investigate  and  fully  report  to  the  President 
ciii  the  facts  you  can  learn  respecting  the  condition  of  af- 
fairs in  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  the  causes  of  the  revolution 
by  which  the  Queen's  Government  was  overthrown,  the 
sentiment  of  ihe  people  toward  existing  authority,  and  in 
gcneial  all  that  can  fully  enlighten  the  President  touching 
the  subject  of  your  mission." 

Commissioner  Blount  arrived  in  Honolulu  March  29. 
He  declined  receptions  tendered  both  by  the  Hawaiian 
Patriotic  League  and  the  Annexation  Club.  Members 
of  the  American  colony  offered  the  American  commis- 
sioner the  use  of  a  mansion  with  furniture,  carriages,  etc., 


128  THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII. 

which  Minister  Stevens  strongly  urged  him  to  accept,  but 
he  preferred  to  remain  at  a  hotel. 

On  the  day  after  his  arrival  he  was  introduced  by  Mr. 
Stevens  to  President  Dole,  and  presented  President 
Cleveland's  letter  to  him. 

On  the  31st  Mr.  P>lount  gave  notice  to  President  Dole 
of  his  intention  to  terminate  the  American  protectorate, 
and  on  April  first  the  naval  authorities  hauled  down  the 
American  flag  and  withdrew  the  garrison  of  marines  to 
the  ships.  In  the  evening  Mr.  Stevens  called  on  the 
commissioner  to  urge  the  necessity  of  keeping  the  troops 
on  shore  to  prevent  Japanese  interference,  as  it  was  sus- 
pected that  the  Queen  had  arranged  with  the  Japanese 
commissioner  to  have  troops  landed  from  the  Japanese 
man-of-war  ''Naniwa''  to  reinstate  her. 

The  Japanese  Commissioner,  when  he  learned  that  the 
presence  of  the  "Naniwa"  had  given  rise  to  such  a  sug- 
gestion, requested  his.  Government  to  order  the  vessel 
away,  and  expressed  regret  to  Mr.  Blount  that  any  one 
should  charge  that -the  Empire  of  Japan,  which  had  so' 
many  reasons  for  valuing  the  friendship  of  the  United 
States,  should  consent  to  offend  that  Government  by  en- 
tering into  the  conflicts  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Mr.  Blount  sent  word  May  4th  that  he  felt  a  great  ma- 
jority of  the  people  on  the  island  were  opposed  to  annexa- 
tion. 

Mr.  Stevens  was  recalled  in  May,  and  Mr.  Blount  was 
made  minister  plenipotentiary.  Mr.  Albert  S.  Willis  of 
Kentucky,  was  appointed  Minister  to  Hawaii  to  succeed 
Mr.  Blount,  who  returned  in  August. 


THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII.  129 

Secretary  Gresham  sent  a  confidential  letter  to  Mr. 
Willis,  drawn  by  the  President  from  Mr.  Blount's  report, 
and  his  plan  for  reinstating  the  Queen  by  moral  force 
under  certain  conditions.     He  says : 

"The  Provisional  Government  was  not  established  by 
the  Hawaiian  people  or  with  their  consent  or  acquies- 
cence; nor  has  it  since  existed  with  their  consent.  The 
Queen  refused  to  surrender  her  powers  to  the  Provisional 
Government  until  convinced  that  the  Minister  of  the 
United  States  had  recognized  it  as  the  de  facto  authority 
and  would  support  and  defend  it  with  the  military  forces 
of  the  United  States,  and  that  resistance  would  precipi- 
tate a  bloody  conflict  with  the  force.  She  was  advised 
and  assured  by  her  ministers,  and  by  the  leaders  of  the 
movement  for  the  overthrow  of  her  Government,  that  if 
she  surrendered  under  protest  her  case  would  afterward 
be  fairly  considered  by  the  President  of  the  United  States. 
The  Queen  finally  nicely  yielded  to  the  United  States 
then  quartered  in  Honolulu,  relying  upon  the  good  faith 
and  honor  of  the  President,  when  informed  of  what  had 
occurred,  to  undo  the  action  of  the  Minister  and  reinstate 
her  and  the  authority  which  she  claimed  as  the  constitu- 
tional sovereign  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

The  President  has,  therefore,  determined  that  he  will 
not  send  back  to  the  Senate  for  its  action  thereon  the 
treaty  which  he  withdrew  from  that  body  for  further  conr 
^sideration  on  the  ninth  day  of  March  last. 

On  your  arrival  at  Honolulu  you  will  take  advantage  of 
an  early  opportunity  to  inform  the  Queen  of  this  deter- 
mination, making  known  to  her  the  President's  sincere 


130  THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII. 

regret  that  the  reprehensible  conduct  of  the  American 
Minister,  and  the  unauthorized  presence  on  land  of  a 
military  force  of  the  United  States,  obliged  her  to  sur- 
render her  sovereignty  for  the  time  being,  and  rely  on 
the  justice  of  this  Government  to  undo  the  flagrant 
wrong. 

You  will,  however,  at  the  same  time,  inform  the  Queen 
that,  when  reinstated,  the  President  expects  that  she  will 
pursue  a  magnanimous  course  by  granting  full  amnesty 
to  all  who  participated  in  the  movement  against  her,  in- 
cluding persons  who  are  or  have  been  officially  or  other- 
wise connected  with  the  Provisional  Government,  de- 
priving them  of  no  right  or  privilege  which  they  enjoyed^ 
before  the  so-called  revolution.  All  obligations  created 
by  the  Provisioal  Government  in  due  course  of  adminis- 
tration should  be  assumed. 

Having  secured  the  Queen's  agreement  to  pursue  this 
wise  and  humane  policy,  which  it  is  believed  you  will 
speedily  obtain,  you  will  then  advise  the  Executive  of 
the  Provisional  Government  and  his  ministers  of  the 
President's  determination  of  the  question,  which  their 
action  and  those  of  the  Queen  devolved  upon  him,  and 
that  they  are  expected  to  promptly  relincjuish  to  her  her 
constitutional  authority. 

Should  the  Queen  decline  to  pursue  the  liberal  course 
suggested,  or  should  the  Provisional  Government  refuse 
to  abide  by  the  President's  decision,  you  will  report  the 
facts  and  await  further  directions." 

The  Queen  refused  to  accept  the  conditions  laid  down 
by  President  Cleveland,  declaring  th?t  nothing  but  the 


THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII.  131 

execution  of  the  members  of  the  Provisional  Government 
and  banishment  of  their  famihes  would  be  consented  to, 
and  Mr.  \\'illis,  therefore,  had  nothing  to  communicate 
to  the  Provisional  Government. 

The  Secretary  of  State  telegraphed  to  the  minister  on 
Dec.  third  to  require  the  Queen's  unqualified  agreement 
that  the  obligations  assumed  by  the  Provisional  Govern- 
ment should  be  assumed,  and  on  a  pledge  that  there 
should  be  no  prosecution  or  punishment  of  those  setting 
up  or  supporting  the  Provisional  Government.  Should 
she  ask  whether,  if  she  acceded  to  these  conditions,  active 
steps  would  be  taken  to  effect  her  restoration  or  to  main- 
tain her  authority  thereafter,  the  minister  was  to  say  that 
the  President  could  not  use  force  without  the  authority  of 
Congress.  Congress  met  the  day  after  this  dispatch  was 
.sent  to  Minister  Willis,  and  on  December  18  President 
Cleveland  sent  a  message  to  Congress  in  which  he  re- 
viewed the  affair  and  gave  his  conclusions. 

The  check  that  his  plans  had  encountered  in  t'^  • 
Queen's  refusal  to  accept  the  conditions  imposed  com- 
pelled President  Cleveland  to  commend  the  subject  to 
"the  extended  powers  and  wise  discretion  of  Con?n'<^5s," 
with  the  assurance  that  he  would  "be  much  gratified  to 
co-operate  in  any  legislative  plan  which  may  be  devised 
for  the  solution  of  the  problem  before  us.  which  is  con- 
sistent with  American  honor,  integrity  and  morality.'' 

For  some  months  after  the  refusal  of  the  Provisional 
Government  to  yield  up  its  authority  to  the  Queen,  the 
Native  party  in  Hawaii  remained  quiet  pnd  patiently  ex- 
pected the  United  States  Government  still  to  restore  the 


132  THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII. 

old  government.  The  Hawaiian  natives  suffered  for  want 
of  food  and  grew  restless  and  discontented.  In  the  elec- 
tion for  Senators  and  Representatives  the  American 
Union  party  won  every  seat  in  the  Island  of  Oahu.  The 
United  States  Government  recognized  the  republic  as 
soon  as  it  was  organized,  and  other  powers  gave  it  formal 
recognition  in  the  course  of  the  year. 

A  royalist  uprising  that  occurred  in  the  environs  of 
Honolulu  on  January  6.  1895,  was  quickly  suppressed. 
Twelve  insurgents  were  killed  and  five  hundred  taken 
prisoners.  On  the  Government  side  C.  L.  Carter,  late 
Commissioner  of  the  United  States,  was  killed.  In  one  of 
the  improvised  forts  thirty-six  rifles,  with  ammunition, 
and  two  dynamite  bombs  were  found.  A  second  fight 
occurred  January  9  in  the  Manon  valley,  in  which  several 
insurgents  were  slain.  Among  seventy  persons  arrested 
for  complicity  in  the  attempted  rebellion,  ten  were  Ameri- 
can citizens  and  ten  British  subjects.  The  leaders  in  the 
uprising  were  Samuel  Nowlein.  formerly  colonel  of  the 
Queen's  body  guard,  and  Robert  Wilcox,  who  directed 
the  uprising  of  1887. 

Ex-Queen  Liliuokalani  was  arrested  on  January  16  and 
imprisoned  on  the  charge  of  complicity  in  the  insurrec- 
tion. On  January  24  she  sent  a  letter  to  Minister  Dole,  in 
the  hope  of  obtaining  clemency  for  the  misguided  Ha- 
waiians  and  others  who  had  engaged  in  a  rebellion  for 
her  restoration,  but  asked  no  indulgence  for  herself,  and 
solemnly  renounced  all  her  claims  to  the  throne  and  ab- 
solved her  former  subjects  from  all  allegiance  to  herself 
and  her  heirs  and  successors,  declaring  her  intention  to 


THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII.  133 

live  henceforth  in  absolute  privacy  and  retirement  from 
public  affairs,  and  offered  to  take  an  oath  to  support  the 
republic  and  never  encourage  or  assist,  directly  or  indi- 
rectly, in  the  restoration  of  a  monarchical  form  of  gov- 
ernment. , 

Attorney-Gcrjeral  Smith  accepted  the  renunciation  of 
sovereign  rights  and  oath  of  allegiance  on  the  under- 
standing that  the  ex-Queen  was  in  no  degree  exempt 
from  liability  to  punishment  for  complicity  in  the  rebel- 
lion, and  with  the  reservation  that  her  sovereign  rights 
ceased  to  exist  on  January  24.  1893,  when  she  refused  to 
be  longer  bound  by  the  fundamental  law.  He  also 
promised  to  give  full  consideration  to  her  unselfish  appeal 
for  clemency  for  those  who  took  part  in  the  insurrection. 

Liliuokalani,  in  speaking  of  the  sentence  imposed  upon 
her,  writes :  "At  two  o'clock  on  the  afternoon  of  the  27th 
of  February  I  was  again  called  into  court  and  sentence 
passed  upon  me.  It  was  the  extreme  penalty  for  'mis- 
prision of  treason' — a  fine  of  $5,000  and  imprisonment  at 
hard  labor  for  five  years.  I  need  not  add  that  it  was  never 
executed,  and  that  it  was  probably  no  part  of  the  inten- 
tion of  the  government  to  execute  it,  except,  perhaps,  in 
some  future  contingency.  Its  sole  present  purpose  was 
to  terrorize  the  native  people  and  to  humiliate  me.  After 
Major  Potter  had  read  to  me  my  sentence,  and  carefully 
pocketed  the  paper  on  which  it  was  written,  together 
with  the  other  papers  in  the  case  (I  might  have  valued 
them  as  souvenirs),  I  was  conducted  back  to  my  place  of 
confinement." 

The  Ex-Queen  was  not  allowed  to  have  newspapers  or 


134  THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII. 

any  general  literature  to  read;  but  writing  paper  and 
pencils  were  given  to  her,  and  during  her  confinement  she 
composed  and  translated  a  number  of  songs,  one  being 
the  "Aloha  Oe,"  or  "Farewell  to  Thee." 

•In  1895  ^"  epidemic  broke  out  on  the  island,  said  to 
be  a  form  of  Asiatic  cholera.  Many  deaths  resulted  from 
it,  and  it  was  three  months  before  normal  conditions  were 
restored. 

The  ex-Queen  goes  on  to  relate  that  "on  the  sixth  of 
Septem.ber,  about  eight  months  after  my  arrest,  I  was 
notified  by  Colonel  McLean  that  he  was  no  longer  re- 
sponsible for  my  custody,  and  that  at  three  o'clock  that 
afternoon  I  might  leave  the  palace.  A  carriage  was 
called,  and  I  was  driven  from  the  doors  of  the  beautiful 
edifice  which  they  now  style  Executive  Building,  and  was 
assured  that  I  was  under  no  further  restraint.  My  par- 
don, as  it  was  called,  arrived  at  a  later  day.  All  the  inter- 
vening time  I  was  supposed  to  be  under  parole,  and  could 
have  been  arrested  and  recommitted  at  any  moment. 
.  .  .  On  the  following  morning  Mr.  Wilson  informed 
me  that  I  had  been  released  only  on  parole,  and  had  been 
placed  in  his  charge  by  President  Dole." 

On  the  sixth  of  February,  1896,  the  ex-Queen  received 
her  release  from  parole  as  prisoner,  but  was  forbidden  to 
leave  the  island  of  Oahu.  Some  days  later,  in  company 
with  some  friends,  she  went  to  Waialua,  where  she  passed 
two  weeks.  In  October  the  ex-Queen  received  her  full 
release,  and,  wishing  a  complete  change  of  scene,  she  de- 
termined to  go  abroad.  Her  first  destination  was  Cali- 
fornia, and  from  there  she  went  to  Boston,  where  she 


THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII.  135 

passed  a  few  weeks,  and  was  entertained  quite  extensively. 
On  the  226.  of  January  Liliuokalani  went  to  Washington 
and  had  an  interview  with  President  Cleveland.  She 
made  a  trip  to  New  York,  and  returned  to  Washington 
in  time  to  be  present  at  the  inaugural  ceremonies  of  Presi- 
dent McKinley. 

President  McKinley  was  inaugurated  March  4th,  1897. 
Shortly  after  the  Hawaiian  Commissioners  again  ap- 
peared in  Washington,  and  an  annexation  treaty  was 
signed,  which  was  sent  to  the  Senate  for  ratification.  In 
his  message  submitting  the  treaty  to  the  Senate,  President 
McKinley  said : 

"This  is  not  really  annexation,  but  a  continuance  of  the 
existing  relations,  with  closer  bonds,  betv/een  people 
closely  related  by  blood  and  kindred  ties.  At  the  time  a 
tripartite  agreement  was  made  for  Samoa,  Great  Britain 
and  Germany  wanted  to  include  the  Hawaiian  group,  but 
the  United  States  rejected  the  suggestion,  because  it  held 
that  there  already  existed  relations  between  Hawaii  and 
the  United  States,  placing  the  former  under  the  especial 
care  of  the  United  States,  which  will  not  allow  any  other 
country  to  interfere  in  the  annexation  of  Hawaii  and  the 
making  of  the  islands  part  of  the  United  States,  in  accord- 
ance with  its  established  treaty." 

The  New  York  "Sun,"  in  speaking  of  the  terms  upon 
which  Hawaii  was  to  be  annexed,  says  the  treaty  corre- 
sponds in  some  respect  to  the  Dominican  precedent: 
"We  refer  to  the  stipulation  for  continuing  the  existing 
machinery  of  Governm.cnt  and  the  municipal  legislation 
in  the  Hawaiian  Islands  until  provision  shall  be  made  by 


136  THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII. 

Congress  for  the  government  of  the  newly  incorporated 
domain.  Only  such  Hawaiian  laws,  however,  are  to  be 
thus  provisionally  continued  in  force  as  were  not  enacted 
for  the  fulfillment  of  distinguished  treaties,  and  as  are  not 
incompatible  with  the  Constitution,  laws  or  treaties  of  the 
United  States." 

The  five  commissioners  to  be  appointed  by  the  Presi- 
dent, of  whom  two  are  to  be  residents  of  the  Hawaiian 
Islands,  are  not,  as  has  been  taken  for  granted  in  some 
quarters,  to  be  intrusted,  necessarily,  with  executive  func- 
tions. Their  specific  duty,  as  defined  by  the  treaty  itself, 
is  the  recommendation  to  Congress  of  such  laws  concern- 
ing the  newly  acquired  territory  as  they  shall  deem  neces- 
sary or  proper.  To  such  advisory  functions,  however, 
administrative  powers  may  be  added  by  the  President,  at 
his  discretion,  for  the  third  article  of  the  treaty  provides 
that,  until  Congress  shall  arrange  for  the  government  of 
the  island,  all  the  civil,  judicial  and  military  powers  exer- 
cised by  the  officers  of  the  existing  Honolulu  Govern- 
ment shall  be  vested  in  such  a  way  as  the  President  of  the 
United  States  shall  direct.  That  is  to  say,  Mr.  McKinley 
may  either  allow  the  Hawaiian  officials  to  retain  t!TeTr 
posts  or  he  may  replace  them  by  American  citizens. 

Minister  Dole,  of  Hawaii,  visited  Washington,  and 
created  a  very  favorable  impression  at  the  White  House 
and  in  official  service,  and  he  left  that  city  with  the  assur- 
ance that  the  Republican  Administration  would  settle  the 
Hawaiian  question. 

April  2 1  St  war  broke  out  between  the  United  States  and 
Spain,  and  it  brought  very  suddenly  the  importance  of 


THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII.  137 

having  Hawaii  in  our  possession,  and  on  Thursday  even- 
ing, July  7th,  1898,  President  McKinley  approved  the 
Hawaiian  annexation. 

On  the  1 6th  of  August,  1898,  the  American  flag  was 
raised  in  Hawaii  by  Rear-Admiral  Miller,  of  the  Pacific 
coast.  The  New  York  '*Sun"  gives  the  following  inter- 
esting description  of  the  event : 

"America  has  garnered  the  first  fruits  of  the  Spanish 
war.  It  was  the  echo  of  Dewey's  guns  that  was  heard  in 
Honolulu  on  August  12th,  when  one  flag  went  down 
amid  a  roar  of  saluting  cannon  and  another  went  up  to  take  ^ 
its  place.  The  sight  was  most  impressive,  not  because  of 
the  size  of  the  crowd,  for  it  was  not  large ;  not  for  tumult, 
for  there  was  little  noise ;  not  for  length  of  ceremonial,  for 
the  exercises  were  as  simple  as  they  should  be  when  one 
republic  absorbs  another,  but  because  one  nationality  was 
snuffed  out  like  a  spent  candle,  and  another  was  set  in 
its  place.  It  was  but  another  roll  of  the  Juggernaut  car 
in  which  the  lordly  Anglo-Saxon  rides  to  his  dream  of 
universal  empire.  It  was  not  as  joyous  an  occasion  as  far 
off  America  may  imagine.  When  it  was  over,  women 
who  wore  the  American  emblem  wiped  their  eyes,  and 
men  who  have  been  strong  for  annexation  said,  with  a 
throb  in  the  throat,  'How  sad  it  was !' 

"As  for  Hawaiians,  they  were  not  there.  It  was  self- 
denial  on  their  part,  for  the  Kanaka  dearly  loves  a  crowd 
and  that  invisible  fluid  that  floats  from  man  to  man  and 
which  we  call  excitement,  but  on  this  day  of  days  the 
Hawaiians  were  closely  housed.  They  were  not  on  the 
streets,  they  were  not  at  the  stores.    They  were  shut  up 


138  THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII. 

in  their  houses,  and  from  the  Queen's  stately  home  to  the 
meanest  shed,  the  open  windows  and  closed  shutters  were 
lonely  and  sombre  as  places  of  death.  Those  who  were 
obliged  to  be  abroad  slipped  by  through  back  streets  and 
narrow  lanes.  They  wore  on  their  hats  the  twisted 
golden  ilima  that  tells  of  love  of  royalty,  or  on  their 
breasts  Hawaiian  flags  and  badges.  So  few  Hawaiians 
were  in  front  of  the  Executive  Building  that  it  might  have 
been  almost  any  capital  except  Honolulu.  There  were 
Americans,  Portuguese.  Japanese,  Chinese  in  numbers,  but 
no  Hawaiians.  About  the  ceremonies  there  was  all  the 
tension  of  an  execution.  It  was  more  funeral  than  fete, 
more  a  solemn  ceremony  than  a  gay  event.  There  was 
something  fine  and  strong  in  the  restraint  the  annexa- 
tionists put  upon  themselves  in  the  hour  of  their  triumph. 
There  was  little  of  blowing  of  horns  and .  tooting  of 
whistles.  Only  one  man  drove  about  in  a  carriage  groan- 
ing under  a  load  of  red,  white  and  blue,  and  he  was  not 
an  American,  but  a  Greek. 

"There  was  absolutely  no  speechmaking,  except  a  few 
dignified  words  from  Minister  Sewall;  no  spread-eagle- 
ism ;  no  procession  and  no  cheering. 

"There  were  six  Hawaiians  on  the  platform  reserved 
for  distinguished  folk,  where  diplomats  and  Cabinet 
ladies  and  Ministers'  wives  were  seated  in  order  of  their 
husbands'  prominence.  One  of  these  native  women  is  the 
wife  of  a  prominent  native  lawyer  and  politician.  He 
came  for  business  reasons,  and  she  came  because  he  re- 
quired her  to.  In  facial  characteristics  she  is  not  unlike 
the  ex-Queen,  and  many  people  mistook  her  for  Liliuo- 


THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII.  139 

kalani.  She  came  in  on  her  husband's  arm,  very  proud 
and  dignified  and  stately,  in  a  floating  holoku  of  black 
and  violet,  her  hat  plumed  with  royal  yellow.  She  held 
her  head  very  high  among  her  lighter  neighbors,  and  she 
bore  up  very  well  until  the  Hawaiian  band  began  to  play 
'Hawaii  Ponol'  for  the  last  time  as  the  national  anthem. 
Then  she  covered  her  eyes  with  her  fan  and  wept.  She 
did  not  raise  her  eyes  again  and  she  did  not  see  the  Ha- 
waiian flag  as  it  floated  and  then  sank  for  the  last  time. 
Other  natives  who  were  forced  to  be  there  covered  their 
eyes,  ai'd  an  old  woman  who  stood  near  never  moved  her 
eyes  from  the  flag  as  it  dropped,  but  a  rain  of  tears  fell  on 
her  cheeks.  Hawaiians  in  the  ranks  of  the  National 
Guard  covered  their  faces  and  fixed  their  eyes  on  the 
ground.  When  'Hawaii  Panol,'  which  means  'Our  rery 
own  Hawaii,'  came  to  be  played  it  was  a  w^eakly  strain, 
for  all  the  natives  had  throw^n  away  their  instruments  and 
had  fled  round  a  corner,  out  of  sight.  Only  ten  men,  none 
of  them  Hawaiians.  were  left  to  play.  Men  had  begged 
their  leader  to  be  relieved  from  playing  what  was  to  them 
a  dirge,  and  he  had  consented. 

"The  day  began  with  heavy  showers  and  threatening 
clouds.  At  10  o'clock  the  Hawaiian  National  Guard 
f*)rmed  at  the  barracks  preparatory  to  escorting  the  Phil- 
adelphia's men  from  their  pier  to  the  Executive  Building. 
The  men  were  in  fresh  white  duck,  with  brown  leggings 
and  blue  coats,  and  as  Colonel  Fisher  reviewed  them  for 
the  last  time  as  an  organization  they  presented  a  fine  ap- 
pearance. The  Hawaiian  Color  Sergeant  carried  a  flag 
hound  w^ith  golden  lei.    There  was  a  touch  of  that  comedy 


I40  THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII. 

which  lights  tragedy's  face  when  the  National  Guard 
marched  down  to  meet  and  escort  the  Philadelphia's  men. 
The  Guard  marched  well.  They  were  preceded  by  a 
corps  of  police  officers,  most  of  them  natives,  with  the 
same  rotundity  which  characterizes  the  peace  officer  all 
over  the  world.  These  men  seldom  march  and  never  drill, 
and  when  ordered  to  stand  in  line  they  did  not  know 
whether  to  make  the  line  at  their  toes  or  their  belts.  The 
orders  were  as  amusing  as  the  marching. 

'*  'All  ready  there  ?'  sung  out  the  military  officer.  The 
policemen  nodded  sagely. 

"  'Well,  go  ahead  then,'  yelled  the  officer.  They  'went 
ahead.' 

''The  Philadelphia's  men  are  raw  recruits,  who  had 
never  seen  each  other  a  month  ago,  but  as  their  officers 
refrained  from  attempting  any  difficult  evolutions,  they 
appeared  as  veterans  beside  these  men. 

"Long  before  the  military  procession  reached  the 
Executive  Building  a  crowd  was  gathered  through  the 
'makai'  gates,  opened  to  receive  it.  The  scene  of  the  flag 
raising,  christened  'lolani  Palace,'  dates  from  the  times  of 
Kalakaua,  and  is  a  beautiful  building  planned  on  noble 
and  stately  lines,  and  set  in  a  square  of  dense  tropical 
shade,  cut  out  in  four  avenues,  which  are  bordered  by 
stems  of  gray  and  green  royal  palms  and  lead  up  to  four 
great  doors.  On  'Mauka'  side,  that  is  toward  the  moun- 
tain, the  stand  had  been  built,  upon  which  one  of  the  most 
impressive  ceremonies  of  the  century  was  soon  to  take 
place,  the  ceremony  of  making  a  foreign  territory  Ameri- 


THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII.  141 

can  soil,  and  of  adopting  thousands  of  people  wliose  lan- 
guage is  not  our  language,  nor  their  ways  our  ways. 

"The  people  who  flooded  in  through  the  gates  were  of 
all  classes.  The  moderately  rich  came  in  hacks  and  the 
very  wealthy  in  their  own  carriages,  with  many  on  foot, 
in  democratic  fashion.  On  the  lawn,  in  the  shade  of  the 
royal  palms,  under  the  leaves  of  mango  and  papaya  trees, 
where  scarlet  hibiscus  tossed  its  flaming  blossoms,  seats 
had  been  erected  on  the  soft,  natural  sward.  While  the 
morning  was  yet  cool.  Chinese  women,  with  little  almond- 
eyed  babies,  and  Portugese  women,  with  children  in 
arms,  their  eyes  black  as  sloes,  came  and  preempted  these 
seats,  which  were  outside  the  rope.  Special  guests  were 
admitted  through  the  lower  hall  of  the  great  stone  build- 
ing. It  was  a  tremendous  task  to  seat  these  special 
guests.  Many  seats  on  both  upper  and  lower  balcony 
were  reserved  merely  for  first  comers,  but  beyond,  in  the 
stand,  representatives  of  the  Foreign  Office,  literally 
buried  beneath  gold  braid  and  brass  fringes,  had  a  dread- 
ful time  seating  dignitaries  of  the  little  republic  whose 
minutes  are  numbered. 

"They  have  always  been  sticklers  for  precedence  in 
Hawaii.  Perhaps  it  is  a  legacy  from  their  recent  mon- 
arcliy.  but  at  any  rate  one  must  be  up  in  the  peerage  in 
order  to  seat  a  dinner  party  correctly  in  Honolulu.  All 
these  rules  were  strictly  adhered  to  on  this  last  but  one 
public  appearance  of  the  tiny  court  of  the  island  republic. 
The  gor.q-eous  officials  of  the  Foreign  Office  acted  as 
ushers.  The  platform,  decorated  with  entwined  Hawaiian 
and   American   flags   without,   was   divided    into   halves 


142  THE  ANNHXATION  OF  HAWAII. 

within.  The  front  row  of  seats  on  one  side  was  left  vacant 
for  President  Dole  and  his  Cabinet ;  that  on  the  other  for 
Minister  Scvvall,  Admiral  Miller  and  his  staflf.  Beside 
each  gentleman  sat  a  lady  of  corresponding  rank.  The 
wife  of  the  President  had  the  place  of  honor  on  one  side 
and  the  wife  of  Minister  Sewall  had  the  same  place  on  the 
other  side.  Next  to  Mrs.  Dole,  in  her  black  frock  and 
•  black  and  white  bonnet,  came  Cabinet  ladies,  and  behind 
them  wives  of  Ministers  and  ex-Ministers  seated  next 
their  husbands,  and  then  foreign  diplomats  and  consuls 
and  their  wives.  About  the  last  to  come  on  the  platform, 
which  was  a  kaleidoscope  of  gay  colors,  plentifully  mixed 
with  the  white  of  the  tropics,  were  several  native  gentle- 
men and  ladies.  The  men  were  all  politicians,  men  who 
could  not  afford  to  stay  away.  There  was  Mr.  Koulakou, 
Speaker  of  the  last  Hawaiian  House  of  Representatives, 
Councillor  of  State  Kane  and  his  wife  and  Circuit  Judge 
Kalaua.  Martial  music,  blowing  through  the  trees,  an- 
nounced the  coming  of  the  National  Guard  of  Haw^aii. 
Preceded  by  the  Government  band  they  came  through 
'Mauka'  gate  with  the  Hawaiian  flag  floating  and  the 
band  playing  Hawaiian  music.  Behind  them  were  the 
bluejackets  of  the  Philadelphia,  as  American  in  looks  as 
the  guard  is  foreign.  Separated  from  the  Philadelphia's 
men,  walking  apart,  were  three  men  from  the  Philadel- 
phia, with  a  great  roll  in  their  arms.  This  prosaic-look- 
ing bundle  was  the  American  flag,  soon  to  be  raised.  The 
avenue  of  palms  was  full  of  rows  of  sailors  in  blue  and 
white.  The  spaces  to  the  side  were  crowded  with  soldiers 
with  brown  faces. 


THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII.  143 

"At  11.45  President  Dole  and  his  Cabinet  entered, 
everybody  standing  as  they  came  on  the  platform.  The 
President  was  well  dressed  and  his  face  was  grave.  The 
men  of  his  Cabinet  were  not  all  so  correctly  garbed.  The 
President  and  his  best  men  were  followed  immediately  by 
Minister  Sewall,  Admiral  Miller  and  his  stafT.  Just  at 
this  time  a  gentle  rain  was  falling — 'liquid  shine'  they 
call  it  in  Hawaii — and  the  sense  of  oppression  was  great 
as  the  atmosphere  became  heavier  and  less  easy  to 
breathe. 

"The  Rev.  G.  L.  Pearson  of  the  First  Methodist 
Church  was  the  man  chosen  to  make  the  last  prayer  of  the 
missionary  government.  He  prayed  for  Hawaii  Nei,  and 
especially  for  her  native  sons  and  daughters.  During  the 
prayer  every  one  on  the  platform  stood,  Minister  Sewall 
fingering  restlessly  and  unconsciously  a  large  blue  en- 
velope of  ofificial  appearance  which  he  held  under  his 
arm. 

"Mr.  Sewall  is  a  little  man  with  beetling  brow,  but  he 
stood  very  straight  for  the  occasion,  and  his  voice  was 
the  only  one  that  carried.  Facing  the  President,  who  had 
risen,  Mr.  Sewall  said  in  a  voice  that  flickered  for  a  mo- 
ment and  then  blazed  out  with  renewed  strength : 

"  'Mr.  President,  I  present  you  a  certified  copy  of  a 
joint  resolution  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States, 
approved  by  the  President  July  7,  1898,  entitled,  "Joint 
resolution  to  provide  for  annexation  of  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  to  the  United  States."  This  joint  resolution  ac- 
cepts, ratifies  and  confirms  on  the  part    of   the    United 


144  THE   ANNEXATION   OF  HAWAII. 

States  the  cession  formally  consented  to  and  approved  by 
the  republic  of  Hawaii.' 

"The  square  blue  envelope  went  under  President  Dole's 
arm  and  that  gentleman  replied : 

"  'A  treaty  of  political  union  having  been  made,  and 
cession  formally  consented  to  by  the  republic  of  Hawaii, 
having  been  accepted  by  the  United  States  of  America,  I 
now,  in  the  interest  of  the  Hawaiian  body  politic,  and 
with  full  confidence  in  the  honor,  justice,  and  friendship 
of  the  American  people,  yield  up  to  you,  as  representative 
of  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  the  sovereignty 
and  public  property  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands.' 

"Mr.  Sewall's  reply  was  : 

"'Mr.  President:  In  the  name  of  the  United  States  I 
accept  the  transfer  of  the  sovereignty  and  property  of  the 
Hawaiian  Government.  The  Admiral  commanding  the 
United  States  naval  forces  in  these  waters  will  proceed  to 
perform  the  duty  intrusted  to  him." 

"By  this  time  it  lacked  but  six  minutes  of  12,  and  faint, 
quavering  strains  of  TIawaii  PonoF  were  heard  coming 
up  with  but  half  their  usual  volume. 

"President  Dole  made  a  signal  to  Col.  Soper,  who 
waved  a  white  handkerchief  to  some  one  in  the  crowd. 
The  troops  presented  arms,  and  far  away  was  heard  the 
boom  of  the  Philadelphia's  salute  and  the  nearer  tremble 
of  the  Hawaiian  battery.  There  were  twenty-one  guns, 
the  last  national  salute  to  the  Hawaiian  flag.  Before  the 
salute  there  was  vigorous  wig-wagging  of  signal  flags 
from  the  central  tower,  upon  which,  as  well  as  upon  side 
towers,  men  had  been  posted  all  the  morning.     Bugles 


THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII.  145 

rose  and  fell  at  last  in  melancholy  'taps,'  and  while  every 
one  held  his  breath,  the  beautiful  flag  of  Hawaii  shud- 
dered for  an  instant,  then  started  and  slowly  sank  to  the 
ground,  where  it  was  caught  and  folded. 

"Just  as  It  started  in  its  descent  the  clouds  broke  and 
a  square  of  blue  sky  showed  itself.  Every  man  within 
sound  of  the  saluting  guns  uncovered,  and  far  away  at 
the  water  front  Kanaka  boatmen  plying  their  trade  bared 
and  bowed  their  heads,  the  Admiral  nodded  to  Lieut. 
Winterhalter,  who  gave  the  order  'Colors  roll  ofif,'  and 
cheery  American  bugles  cut  the  air.  Then  the  well-loved 
strains  of  'The  Star  Spangled  Banner'  came  from  the 
Philadelphia's  band  and  the  flag  commenced  its  ascent. 
It  was  an  immense  piece  of  bunting,  what  is  known  in 
navy  parlance  as  a  'number  one  regulation.'  It  was 
thirty  feet  long  and  eighteen  feet  wide,  and  as  it  went  up 
the  halyards  it  seemed  to  cover  entirely  the  front  of  the 
building.  Almost  simultaneously  smaller  flags  were  run 
to  their  places  on  the  side  towers  and  again  was  heard 
the  salute  of  the  guns  to  the  new  sovereignty.  The  Con- 
tral  flag' was  so  immense  that  it  hung  limp  and  lifeless  for 
a  moment.  Then  it  caught  the  breath  of  a  passing  breeze 
and  flung  itself  wide.  Then  for  the  first  time  there  was  a 
cheer  from  the  places  where  sat  America's  new  citizens  of 
alien  blood. 

"Then  came  the  reading  of  the  proclamation  by  Min- 
ister Sewall.  Briefly,  as  previously  indicated,  the 
proclamation  provides  that  the  civil,  judicial  and  military 
powers  in  Hawaii  shall  be  exercised  by  the  officers  of  the 
republic  of  Hawaii  as  it  existed  just  previous  to  the  trans- 


146  THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII. 

fer  of  the  sovereignty,  subject  to  the  Governor's  power 
to  remove  such  officials  and  to  fill  vacancies.  All  such 
officers  will  be  required  at  once  to  take  the  oath  of  al- 
legiance to  the  United  States  and  all  military  forces  will 
be  required  to  renew  their  bonds  to  the  Government  of 
the  United  States.  This  was  all.  There  was  no  tremen- 
dous political  surprise.  No  chopping  off  of  official  heads. 
Burr  followed  Mr.  Sewall,  and  congratulated  his  hearers 
as  fellow  countrymen  on  the  consummation  of  the  na- 
tional poHcies  of  the  two  countries." 

William  O.  Smith,  the*  Attorney-General,  went  to 
Washington  in  February,  1897,  to  open  negotiations  in 
conjunction  with  the  Hawaiian  Minister  for  a  new  treaty 
of  annexation.  Subsequently  Lorin  A.  Thurston  and 
William  A.  Kinney  were  associated  with  the  Hawaiian 
Minister,  Francis  M.  Hatch,  and  on  June  16,  Secretary 
Sherman  signed  for  the  United  States  a  treaty  with  these 
plenipotentiaries. 

The  preamble  of  the  treaty  states  that  the  United  States 
and  the  Republic  of  Hawaii,  in  view  of  the  natural  de- 
pendence of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  upon  the  United  States, 
of  their  geographical  proximity  thereto,  of  the  preponder- 
ant share  acquired  by  the  United  States  and  its  citizens  in 
the  industries  and  trade,  of  said  islands,  and  of  the  ex- 
pressed desire  of  the  Government  of  Hawaii  that  those 
islands  should  be  incorporated  into  the  United  States  as 
an  integral  part  thereof  and  under  its  sovereignty,  have 
determined  to  accomplish  by  treaty  an  object  so  Im- 
portant to  their  mutual  and  permanent  welfare. 

By  the  first  article  the  Republic  of  Hawaii  cedes,  abso- 


THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII.  147 

lutely  and  without  reserve,  to  the  United  States,  allrights 
of  sovereignty  of  whatever  kind  in  and  over  the  Hawaiian 
Islands,  and  their  dependencies ;  and  it  is  agreed  that  all 
the  territory  of  and  appertaining  to  the  Republic  of  Ha- 
waii is  hereby  annexed  to  the  United  States  of  America 
under  the  name  of  the  Territory  of  Hawaii. 

In  the  second  article  the  Republic  of  Hawaii  cedes  and 
transfers  to  the  United  States  the  absolute  fee  and  owner- 
ship of  all  public,  Government  and  crovvn  lands,  public 
buildings  or  edifices,  ports,  harbors,  military  equipments 
and  all  other  public  property,  with  the  promise  that  the 
existing  laws  of  the  United  States  relative  to  public  lands 
shall  not  apply  to  such  lands  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  but 
the  Congress  of  the  United  States  shall  enact  especial  laws 
for  their  management  and  disposition,  all  revenue  from  or 
proceeds  of  the  same  (except  such  part  thereof  as  may  be 
used  for  the  civil,  military,  or  naval  purposes  of  the 
United  States),  to  be  used  solely  for  the  benefit  of  the  in- 
habitants of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  for  educational  and 
other  public  purposes. 

In  the  third  article  it  is  stipulated  that,  until  Congress 
shall  provide  for  the  government  of  the  islands,  all  the 
civil,  judicial  and  military  powers  exercised  by  the  officers 
of  the  existing  Government  shall  be  vested  in  such  per- 
sons, and  exercised  in  such  manner  as  the  President  of 
the  United  States  shall  direct,  and  the  President  shall  have 
power  to  remove  said  officers  and  fill  the  vacancies  so  oc- 
casioned :  also  that  the  existing  treaties  of  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  with  foreign  nations  shall  cease  and  determine, 
being  replaced  by   such  treaties  as   may   exist   or  may 


148  THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII. 

hereafter  be  concluded  between  the  United  States  and 
such  foreign  nations,  but  that  the  municipal  legislation  of 
the  Hawaiian  Islands,  not  enacted  for  the  fulfillment  of 
the  treaties  so  extinguished  and  not  inconsistent  with  this 
treaty  nor  contrary  to  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States  nor  any  existing  treaty  of  the  United  States,  shall 
remain  in  force  until  the  Congress  of  the  United  States 
shall  otherwise  determine,  and  until  legislation  shall  be 
enacted  extending  the  United  States  customs  laws  and 
regulations  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  the  existing  customs 
relations  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  with  the  United  States 
and  other  countries  shall  remain  unchanged. 

By  Article  IV.  the  public  debt  of  the  Republic  of  Ha- 
waii lawfully  existing  at  the  date  of  the  exchange  of  rati- 
fications, including  the  amounts  due  to  depositors  in  the 
postal  savings  bank,  is  assumed  by  the  Government  of 
the  United  States,  but  the  liability  of  the  United  States 
in  this  regard  shall  in  no  case  exceed  $4,000,000,  and  the 
existing  Government,  so  long  as  it  is  maintained,  and  the 
present  comimercial  relations  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  re- 
main unchanged,  shall  continue  to  pay  interest  on  the 
debt. 

In  Article  V.  it  is  provided  that  there  shall  be  no  fur- 
ther immigration  of  Chinese  into  the  Hawaiian  Islands, 
except  upon  such  conditions  as  are  now  or  may  hereafter 
be  allowed  by  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  and  no  Chi- 
nese, by  reason  of  anything  contained  in  the  treaty  shall 
be  allowed  to  enter  the  United  States  from  the  Ha- 
waiian Islands. 

Article  VI.  provides  that  the  President  shall  appoint 


THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII.  149 

five  commissioners,  at  least  two  of  whom  shall  be  resi- 
dents of  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  who  shall  as  soon  as  is  rea- 
sonable and  practicable  recommend  to  Congress  such 
legislation  concerning  the  Territory  of  Hawaii  as  they 
shall  deem  necessary  or  proper. 

Article  VH.  provides  for  the  ratification  of  the  treaty 
by  the  President,  by  and  with. the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Senate,  and  by  President  Dole,  with  the  consent  of 
the  Hawaiian  Senate,  in  accordance  with  the  Constitu- 
tion, and  for  the  exchange  of  ratifications  at  Washington 
as  soon  as  possible. 

The  Hawaiian  annexationists  believed  that  the  countrv 
would  have  a  stable  government  if  incorporated  in  the 
American  Union,  under  which  it  would  become  more 
prosperous  than  in  any  past  period  and  the  people  would 
be  more  contented ;  that  the  United  States  would  share 
in  this  prosperity  and  would  secure  a  naval  station  of  in- 
estimable strategic  value ;  that,  in  short,  it  is  the  manifest 
destiny  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  to  become  a  part  of  the 
United  States.  The  opponents  of  annexation  in  Hawaii 
believed  that  the  Hawaiian  natives  never  would  submit  to 
the  extinction  of  their  national  existence,  and  that  they 
still  looked  forward  to  the  restoration  of  the  monarchy, 
or  a  native  government ;  that  after  annexation  they  would 
have  no  voice  whatever  in  the  government ;  that  the  pros- 
perity of  the  islands  would  be  doomed,  because  contract 
labor  would  not  be  available  under  the  laws  of  the  United 
States,  and  the  sugar  plantations  cuuld  not  be  profitably 
worked  by  free  labor ;  and  that,  as  the  territorial  govern- 
ments of  the  United  States,  which  would  be  the  form  im- 


ISO  THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII. 

posed  on  Hawaii,  had  invariably  been  incompetent,  cor- 
rupt and  unjust,  the  people  would  be  plundered  and  ha- 
rassed by  political  adventurers  and  carpetbaggers  in  the 
event  of  annexation. 

The  Hawaiian  Legislature,  which  met  on  September  8 
in  extra  session  for  the  purpose,  ratified  the  treaty  by  a 
unanimous  vote  on  September  lo,  but  not  without  a  pro- 
test from  the  anti-annexationists,  who  called  a  mass  meet- 
ing on  September  6  and  adopted  resolutions  asserting 
that  the  native  Hawaiians  and  a  large  majority  oi  the  peo- 
])le  of  the  islands  were  in  direct  opposition  to  annexation, 
and  fully  believed  in  the  independence  and  full  autonomy 
of  the  islands,  and  in  the  continuation  of  the  Government 
of  Hawaii  as  of  a  free  and  independent  country  governed 
by  and  under  its  own  laws. 

Great  Britain  in  recent  years  has  established  a  protec- 
torate over  a  number  of  outhing  islands  over  which  Ha- 
waii had  claims. 

The  occupation  of  Johnson  Island  was  countermanded 
and  the  island  was  acknowledged  to  belong  to  Hawaii  on 
condition  that  the  right  to  land  a  cable  was  conceded,  if 
desired. 

The  British  flag  had  been  raised  over  the  Phoenix 
group,  composing  the  islands  of  Phoenix,  Birnie,  Gard- 
ner and  Sydney.  Jarvis  Island  had  also  been  declared  a 
British  protectorate.  The  uninhabited  guano  island  of 
Palmyra,  situated  one  thousand  miles  southwest  of  Ha- 
waii, had  been  claimed  as  alBritish  possession  since  1888, 
and  in  May,  1897,  a  British  gunboat  visited  it,  and  hoisted 


THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII.  151 

the  British  flag.  The  Hawaiian  Government  claimed  the 
same  island  as  a  dependency  by  virtue  of  its  discovery  and 
colonization  by  its  citizens  in  1862. 


152  CONCLUSION. 


CHAPTER  X. 

CONCLUSION. 

The  annexation  was  now  a  settled  fact.  It  had  been 
advocated  and  opposed  by  some  of  the  most  brilHant 
men  both  in  this  country  and  in  others. 

The  United  States  had  now  branched  out  and  to  a  cer- 
tain extent  changed  its  poHcy.  But,  at  the  present  time 
of  writing,  it  does  seem  as  if  the  pohcy  of  territorial  ex- 
pansion was  a  good  one  and  that  the  establishment  of 
colonies  is  necessary  to  the  development  of  the  trade  and 
commerce  of  the  United  States. 

In  a  brilliant  speech  at  the  Boston  Boot  and  Shoe 
Club's  banquet  Senator  Henry  Cabot  Lodge  of  Massa- 
chusetts spoke  as  follows  on  the  subject  of  expansion : 

"I  come  now  to  what  I  think  the  government  ought  to 
do.  The  success  of  the  English  speaking  race  which  has 
carried  it  all  over  the  world  and  made  it  the  great  indus- 
trial and  commercial  people  of  the  earth  to-day  has  been 
due  to  the  principle  of  self  help.  But  there  are  certain 
things  which  the  spirit  of  American  enterprise  must  look 
to  the  Government  to  do. 

''You  cannot  expect  men  to  carry  your  products  and 
to  extend  your  trade  by  establishing  themselves  in  dis- 
tant portions  of  the  earth  unless  you  have  a  government 


CONCLUSION.  153 

that  is  ready  to  protect  them  at  all  times  and  at  all  haz- 
ards. 

"We  want  no  commerce  at  the  cannon's  mouth,  but  we 
do  want  it  understood  that  wherever  an  American  is  en- 
gaged in  business  there  he  is  to  be  protected  and  that 
there  is  a  navy  of  the  United  States  big  enough  to  guard 
him  wherever  he  sees  fit  to  go.  Therefore,  I  say  that 
we  need  a  large  navy  as  a  protection  to  commerce  on  the 
sea  as  well  as  on  the  land. 

"The  question  that  confronts  us  is  a  larger  one  than 
what  we  shall  do  with  the  Philippines.  They  say  we  are 
not  an  Eastern  Power  unless  we  hold  those  islands.  We 
are  to-day  the  greatest  Power  in  the  Pacific  Ocean.  We 
hold  one  entire  side  of  that  ocean  except  the  outlet  which 
England  has  in  Canada.  We  hold  the  halfway  house  in 
Honolulu,  where  all  ships  must  stop  when  the  Nica- 
ragua Canal  is  built,  as  it  will  be.  Are  we  going  to  allow 
the  ports  of  the  East  to  be  closed  to  us  and  open  to  Rus- 
sia, France  and  Germany  alone?  Or  are  we  going  to 
stand  up  and  say  with  England  and  Japan,  The  ports  of 
China  must  be  closed  to  all  or  they  must  be  open  to  all  ? 

"It  is  going  to  be  a  struggle,  in  my  judgment,  between 
the  maritime  nations  and  the  non-maritime  nations.  It 
is  going  to  be  a  struggle  to  see  whether  the  people  who 
speak  the  English  tongue  are  to  go  to  the  wall.,  or 
whether  they  are  to  have  their  share  in  the  commerce  of 
the  earth  wherever  they  fly  their  flag.  I  believe 
that  the  United  States  is  entitled  to  its  share  of  the 
world's  commerce.  I  do  not  believe  that  we  should  be 
shut  out  from  it,  and  I  do  not  think  that  there  is  the  least 


154  CONCLUSION. 

danger  of  war  anywhere  if  we  are  farsighted  enough  to 
make  it  known  to  the  world  just  what  we  want  and  just 
what  we  intend  to  do.  Let  our  government  have  wisdom 
in  its  foreign  poHcy,  and  its  treatment  of  our  merchant 
marine,  and  the  genius  of  American  invention  and  enter- 
prise will  do  the  rest." 

A  most  important  matter  is  that  to  which  Senator 
Lodge  alluded  when  he  spoke  of  Honolulu  as  a  half- 
way house  in  case  the  Nicaragua  Canal  is  built. 

It  may  not  be  out  of  place  in  this  connection  to  quote 
from  President  Alclvinley's  message  to  Congress  early 
in  December,  1898.  Speaking  of  the  Nicaragua  Canal, 
the  President  says : 

"The  Nicaragua  Canal  Commission,  under  the  chair- 
manship of  Rear  Admiral  John  G.  Walker,  appointed 
July  24,  1897,  under  the  authority  of  a  provision  in  the 
Sundry  Civil  Act  of  June  4  of  that  year,  has  nearly  com.- 
,  leted  its  labors,  and  the  results  of  its  exhaustive  inqu"ry 
into  the  proper  route,  the  feasibility  and  the  cost  of  coii- 
struction  of  an  interoceanic  canal  by  a  Nicaraguan  route 
will  be  laid  before  you.  In  the  performance  of  its  task 
the  commission  received  all  possible  courtesy  and  assist- 
aP'X'  from  Hie  Governments  of  Nicaragua  and  Costa 
Rica,  which  thus  testified  their  appreciation  of  the  im- 
portance of  giving  a  speedy  and  practical  outcome  to  the 
great  project  that  has  for  so  many  years  engrossed  the 
attention  of  the  respective  countries. 

"As  the  scope  of  the  recent  inquiry  embraced  the  whole 
subject,  with  the  aim  of  making  plans  and  surveys  for  a 
canal  by  the   most  convenient  route,  it  necessarily  in- 


CONCLUSION.  155 

eluded  a  review  of  the  results  of  previous  surveys  and 
plans,  and  in  particular  those  adopted  by  the  Maritime 
Canal  Company  under  its  existing  concessions  from 
Nicaragua  and  Costa  Rica,  so  that  to  this  extent  those 
grants  necessarily  hold  as  essential  a  part  in  the  deliber-. 
ations  and  conclusions  of  the  Canal  Commission  as  they 
have  held  and  must  needs  hold  in  the  discussion  of  the 
matter  by  the  Congress.  Under  these  circumstances, 
and  in  view  of  overtures  made  to  the  Governments  of 
Nicaragua  and  Costa  Rica  by  other  parties  for  a  new 
canal  concession,  predicated  on  the  assumes!  approaching 
lapse  of  the  contracts  of  the  Maritime  Canal  Company 
with  those  States,  I  have  not  hesitated  to  express  my 
conviction  that  considerations  of  expediency  and  inter- 
national policy  as  between  the  several  governments  in- 
terested in  the  construction  and  control  of  an  inter- 
oceanic  canal  by  this  route  require  the  maintenance  of 
the  status  quo  until  the  Canal  Commission  shall  have 
reported  and  the  United  States  Congress  shall  have  had 
the  opportunity  to  pass  finally  upon  the  whole  matter 
during  the  present  session  without  prejudice  by  reason 
of  any  change  in  the  existing  conditions. 

''Nevertheless,  it  appears  that  the  Government  of  Nica- 
ragua, as  one  of  its  last  sovereign  acts  -before  merging  its 
powers  in  those  of  the  newly  forrr^d  United  States  of 
Central  America,  has  granted  an  optional  concession  to 
another  association,  to  become  effective  on  the  expira- 
tion of  the  present  grant.  It  does  not  appear  what  sur- 
veys have  been  made  or  what  route  is  proposed  under 
this  contingent  grant ;  so  that  an  examination  of  the  feas- 


156  CONCLUSION. 

ibility  of  its  plans  is  necessarily  not  embraced  in  the  re- 
port of  the  Canal  Commission.  All  these  circumstances 
suggest  the  urgency  of  some  definite  action  by  the  Con- 
gress at  this  session,  if  the  labors  of  the  past  are  to  be 
utilized  and  the  linking  of  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans 
by  a  practical  waterway  is  to  be  realized.  That  the  con- 
struction of  such  a  maritime  highway  is  now  more  than 
ever  indispensable  to  that  intimate  and  ready  intercom- 
munication between  our  eastern  and  western  seaboards 
demanded  by  the  annexation  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands 
and  the  prospective  expansion  of  our  influence  and  com- 
merce in  the  Pacific,  and  that  our  national  policy  now 
more  imperatively  than  ever  calls  for  its  control  by  this 
Government,  are  propositions  which,  I  doubt  not,  the 
Congress  will  duly  appreciate  and  wisely  act  upon. 

"A  convention  providing  for  the  revival  of  the  late 
United  States  and  Chilian  Claims  Commission  and  the 
consideration  of  claims  which  were  duly  presented  to  the 
late  commission,  but  not  considered  because  of  the  ex- 
piration of  the  time  limited  for  the  duration  of  the  com- 
mission, was  signed  May  24,  1897,  and  has  remained  un- 
acted upon  by  the  Senate.  The  term  therein  fixed  for 
effecting  the  exchange  of  ratifications  having  elapsed, 
the  convention  falls  unless  the  time  be  extended  by 
amendment,  which  I  am  endeavoring  to  bring  about  with 
the  friendly  concurrence  of  the  Chilian  Government." 

In  regard  to  the  afinexation  of  Hawaii,  the  President 
said  in  the  same  message : 

"Pending  the  consideration  by  the  Senate  of  the  treaty 
signed  June   16,    1897,  by  the   Plenipotentiaries  of  the 


CONCLUSION.  157 

United  States  and  of  the  Republic  of  Hawaii  providing 
for  the  annexation  of  the  islands,  a  joint  resolution  to 
accomplish  the  same  purpose  by  accepting  the  offered 
cession  and  incorporating  the  ceded  territory  into  the 
Union  was  adopted  by  the  Congress  and  approved  July 
7,  1898.  I  thereupon  directed  the  United  States  ship 
Philadelphia  to  convey  Rear  Admiral  Miller  to  Honolulu 
and  intrusted  to  his  hands  this  important  legislative  act, 
to  be  delivered  to  the  President  of  the  Republic  of  Hawaii, 
with  whom  the  Admiral  and  the  United  States  Minister 
were  authorized  to  make  appropriate  arrangements  for 
transferring  the  sovereignty  of  the  islands  to  the  United 
States.  This  was  simply  but  impressively  accomplished 
on  the  1 2th  of  August  last,  by  the  delivery  of  a  certified 
copy  of  the  resolution  to  President  Dole,  who  thereupon 
yielded  up  to  the  representative  of  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  the  sovereignty  and  public  property  of 
the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

"Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  joint  resolution  and  in 
exercise  of  the  authority  thereby  conferred  upon  me,  I 
•directed  that  the  civil,  judicial  and  military  powers  there- 
tofore exercised  by  the  officers  of  the  Government  of  the 
Republic  of  Hawaii  should  continue  to  be  exercised  by 
those  officers  until  Congress  shall  provide  a  government 
for  the  incorporated  territory,  subject  to  my  power  to 
remove  such  officers  and  to  fill  vacancies.  The  Presi- 
dent, officers  and  troops  of  the  republic  thereupon  took 
the  oath  of  allegiance  to  the  United  States,  thus  provid- 
ing for  the  uninterrupted  continuance  of  all  the  adminis- 


158  CONCLUSION. 

trative  and  municipal  functions  of  the  annexed  territory 
until  Congress  shall  otherwise  enact. 

"Following  the  further  provision  of  the  j^Min  i evolu- 
tion, I  appointed  the  Hons.  Shelby  M.  Culloni,  of  Illinois; 
John  T.  Morgan,  of  Alabama;  Robert  R.  Hitt,  of  Illi- 
nois ;  Sanford  B.  Dole,  of  Hawaii,  and  Walter  F.  Frear. 
of  Hawaii,  as  Commissioners  to  confer  and  recommend 
to  Congress  such  legislation  concerning  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  as  they  should  deen^  necessary  or  proper.  The 
Commissioners  having  fulfilled  the  mission  confided  to 
them,  their  report  will  be  laid  before  you  at  an  early  day. 
It  is  believed  that  their  recommendations  will  have  th-: 
earnest  consideration  due  to  the  magnitude  of  the  re- 
sponsibility resting  upon  you  to  give  such  shape  to  the 
relationship  of  those  midpacific  lands  to  our  home  Union 
as  will  benefit  both  in  the  highest  degree,  realizing  the 
aspiration's  of  the  community  that  has  cast  its  lot  with 
us  and  elected  to  share  our  political  heritage,  while  at 
the  same  time  justifying  the  foresight  of  those  who  for 
three-quarters  of  a  century  have  looked  to  the  assimila 
tion  of  Hawaii  as  a  natural  and  inevitable  consummatioii 
in  harmony  with  our  needs  and  in  fulfillment  of  our  cher- 
ished traditions. 

"The  questions  heretofore  pending  between  Hawaii 
and  Japan  growing  out  of  the  alleged  mistreatment  of 
Japanese  treaty  immigrants  were,  I  am  pleased  to  say, 
adjusted  before  the  act  of  transfer  by  the  payment  of  a 
reasonable  indemnity  to  the  Government  of  Japan. 

"Under  the  provisions  of  the  joint  resolution,  the  ex- 
isting customs  relations  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  with  the 


CONCLUSION.  159 

United  States  and  \uth  other  countries  remain  un- 
changed until  legislation  shall  otherwise  provide.  Tht 
Consuls  of  Hawaii  here  and  in  foreign  countries  continue 
to  fulfill  their  commercial  agencies,  while  the  United 
States  Consulate  at  Honolulu  is  maintained  for  all  ap- 
propriate services  pertaining  to  trade  and  the  revenue. 
It  would  be  desirable  that  all  foreign  Consuls  in  the  Ha- 
waiian Islands  should  receive  new  exequaturs  from  this 
Government. 

"The  attention  of  Congress  is  called  to  the  fact  that 
our  consular  offices  having  ceased  to  exist  in  Hawaii,  and 
being  about  to  cease  in  other  countries  coming  under 
the  sovereignty  of  the  United  States,  the  provisions  for 
the  relief  and  transportation  of  destitute  American  sea- 
men in  these  countries  under  our  consular  regulations 
will  in  consequence  terminate.  It  is  proper,  therefore, 
that  new  legislation  should  be  enacted  upon  this  subject 
in  order  to  meet  the  changed  conditions." 

The  allusion  which  the  President  makes  to  Japan  should 
perhaps  be  explained  here  in  more  detail.  The  facts  of 
the  case  were  as  follows : 

The  treaty  made  between  Japan  and  Hawaii  in  1871 
contained  the  favored-nation  clause,  and  under  its  pro- 
visions Hawaii  could  not  prevent  Japanese  from  coming 
to  the  islands  free  as  immigrants.  A  law  was  passed  to 
exclude  lunatics,  paupers  and  persons  liable  to  become  a 
burden  on  the  community,  and  the  manner  in  which  it 
was  enforced  led  to  a  controversy  with  the  Japanese  Gov- 
ernment. Another  law  restricted  the  importation  of  con- 
tract laborers  m  a  manner  which  the  Japanese  held  to  be 


i6o  CONCLUSION. 

contrary  to  existing  engagements.  Although  but  fev/  of 
the  Japanese  now  in  the  islands  are  able  to  read  and 
write  English  or  Hawaiian,  which  constitutes  the  quali- 
fications for  the  franchise,  the  Americans  feared  that  the 
continued  settlement  of  Japanese  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands 
and  the  influx  of  educated  Japanese  would  result  in  the 
transfer  of  the  political  power  to  -them,  and  the  adoption 
of  such  laws  as  would  make  Hawaii  a  Japanese  colony. 
The  first  measure  to  restrict  the  influx  of  Japanese  was  a 
regulation  of  the  Immigration  Commissioner  issued  in 
1895,  requiring  planters  to  import  two-thirds  of  their 
contract  laborers  from  China  or  from  other  countries 
than  Japan.  The  Japanese  Government  asked  an  ex- 
planation. The  free  immigration  of  Japanese  not  under 
contract  and  not  of  the  laboring  class,  but  many  of  them 
of  the  student  class,  reached  enormous  proportions  early 
in  1897,  when  in  one  week  as  many  as  1,500  arrived  and 
the  regular  increase  was  at  the  rate  of  from  i,8oo*to  2,00c 
a  month.  Finally  the  Hawaiian  authorities  refused  tc 
allow  587  immigrants  to  land  from  the  steamer  Shinshin 
Maru,  which  arrived  on  Feb.  22.  At  first- they  were  held 
in  quarantine  on  the  complaint  that  there  was  smallpo?^'. 
on  board.  In  the  end  the  steamer  was  compelled  to  tako 
more  than  four  hundred  of  them  back  to  Japan. 

The  same  course  of  action  was  taken  in  regard  to  the 
immigrant  passengers  on  the  Sakura  Maru  and  the 
Kinai  Maru,  the  latter  of  which  arrived  in  port  April  17; 
about  1,200  immigrants  on  the  three  vessels  were  or- 
dered to  be  taken  back  by  the  ships  that  brought  them 


CONCLUSION.  i6i 

after  a  period  of  detention  in  the  quarantine  station,  an 
island  in  the  harbor. 

The  Supreme  Court  refused  to  issue  a  writ  of  habea;* 
corpus  on  the  ground  that  the  immigrants,  not  having 
been  landed  on  Hawaiian  soil,  were  not  within  the  juris- 
diction of  the  court.  Hawaii  based  her  right  to  exclude 
these  people  on  the  laws  regulating  immigration,  framed 
with  special  reference  to  contract  laborers.  These  1,999 
immigrants  from  Japan  were  prevented  from  landing  on 
the  ground  that  they  were  without  the  prescribed  quali- 
fications or  had  broken  the  immigration  laws. 

These  bars  required  that  the  contract  laborers  should 
have  a  contract  to  work  in  the  service  of  some  Hawaiian 
citizen  for  at  least  two  years.  These  contract  laborers 
must  have  their  agreements  previously  indorsed  by  the 
Hawaiian  Board  of  Immigration. 

Japanese  contract  laborers  first  went  to  Hawaii  in  re- 
sponse to  the  demand  for  labor  in  the  islands  under  0 
convention  concluded  in  1886  at  the  request  of  the  Ha 
waiian  Government,  in  which  the  Japanese  insertecJ 
clauses  for  the  protection  of  the  laborers  more  stringent 
than  are  usually  included  in  arrangements  for  the  im- 
portation of  coolie  labor,  for  the  Japanese  Governmeni 
w^as  not  eager  to  obtain  this  outlet  for  labor  and  was 
above  all  anxious  that  its  citizens  should  not  be  reduceci 
to  the  position  of  coolies.  To  these  conditions,  which 
were  not  applied  to  Chinese  and  other  contract  laborers, 
the  Hawaiian  planters  eventually  raised  objections,  think 
ing  that  they  could  obtain  labor  more  cheaply  if  the  re- 
strictions were  removed. 


1 62  CONCLUSION. 

Free  laborers  were  entitled  to  enter  Hawaii  without 
any  preliminary  consent  of  the  authorities,  but  not  unle.v 
they  had  fifty  dollars  in  their  possession. 

Of  the  total  number  excluded,  nearly  i,ooo  had  a  wri' 
ten  agreement  with  the  Japanese  Immigration  Compan 
whereby,  in  consideration  of  the  payment  of  twelve  yen, 
the  company  agreed  to  return  the  immigrants  to  their 
home  in  Japan  in  case  it  was  unable  to  procure  work  for 
them  after  landing. 

They  had  come  as  free  laborers,  but  the  Hawaiian  au- 
thorities held  that  this  agreement  made  them  contract 
laborers  in  the  view  of  the  law,  and  that  it  was  a  contract 
that  had  not  received  the  approval  of  the  Hawaiian  Im- 
migration Commissioners,  such  as  the  law  requires. 

These  immigrants  and  others  showed  fifty  dollars  in 
cash,  but  the  authorities  demanded  proof  that  it  wae 
their  own,  not  lent  by  the  immigration  societies  to  the 
immigrants,  to  be  returned  to  their  agents  after  landing, 
for  the  purpose  of  evading  the  law.— 

The  Japanese  consular  authorities  brought  habeas  cor-,- 
pus  proceedings  in  the  case  of  the  immigrants  who  were 
detained  on  board  ship  pending  their  deportation,  but 
the  Hawaiian  courts  refused  to  issue  writs  of  habeas  cor- 
pus. 

The  Japanese  Government  decided  to  stop  free  immi- 
gration for  a  time  and  to  send  a  warship  to  Hawaii. 

The  United  States  Government  at  the  same  time  dis- 
patched the  cruiser  Philadelphia,  which  was  in  Honolulu 
harbor  when  the  Nanina  arrived  on  May  5.  The  Japanese 
cruiser  brought  a  commissioner  to  investigate  the  immi- 


CONCLUSION.  163 

gration    question.     The    Japanese    Government    alleged 
violations  of  the  treaty  on  the  part  of  the  Hawaiian  au- 
thorities in  refusing  to  permit  the  immigrants  to  lan^ 
thus  placing  it  out  of  the  power  of  the  Japanese  Consul 
to  protect  them,  in  preventing  them   from  placing  tli 
matter  in  the  hands  of  legal  advisers  and  in  the  refusal  of 
the  judiciary  to  entertain  a  suit  at  law  instituted  by  thi» 
Japanese   whose   landing  had  been   prevented.     Money 
damages  in  their  behalf  to  the  amount  of  nearly  $100,000 
were  demanded. 

The  sudden  prohibition  from  landing  applied  to  Jap- 
anese free  immigrants  was  denounced  as  arbitrary  and 
an  infraction  of  the  treaty  of  1871,  which  secures  to  Jap- 
anese subjects  the  right  to  enter  Hawaiian  ports  with 
ships  and  cargoes  of  all  sorts,  to  trade,  travel,  reside  and 
exercise  every  profession  in  Hawaiian  ports,  to  have 
comiplete  protection  to  persons,  property  and  civil  rights, 
and  to  have  free  access  to  courts  of  justice  and  liberty  to 
choose  and  employ  lawyers.  The  Hawaiian  Government 
took  the  position  that  the  immigration  laws  were  a  rea- 
sonable exercise  of  the  police  power  of  the  State,  and  in 
answer  to  the  Japanese  complaint  at  the  sudden  strin- 
gency with  which  they  were  applied,  said  that  they  had 
been  laxly  enforced  as  long  as  the  immigration  and  trans 
portation  companies  did  not  attempt  fraud,  but  when 
these  companies  made  an  attempt  by  evasions  of  the  law 
to  flood  the  country  with  pauper  immigrants  it  was  nec- 
essary to  enforce  the  immigration  acts  to  the  letter. 

The  Japanese  Government  complained  also  of  a  dis- 
criminating duty  imposed  on  sake,  a  national  beverage  of 


i64  CONCLUSION 

the  Japanese.     The  duty  had  been  fixed  at  fifteen  cent:' 
a  gallon,  but  the  Legislature  passed,  over  the  veto  of  ; 
President  Dole,  ^bid  imposing  a  duty  of  one  dollar  a 
gallon,  which  was  held  by  Japan  to  be  a  breach  of  the 
treaty  between  the  two  countries. 

In  February,  1897,  the  Hawaiian  Government  re- 
quested that  the  Japanese  immigration  laws  be  changed 
so  as  to  restrict  free  immigration  into  Hawaii. 

At  the  time  of  the  signature  of  the  annexation  treaty 
the  Japanese  Minister  at  Washington  demanded  the  rec- 
ognition by  the  United  States  of  all  the  rights  of  Japan 
and  her  subjects  under  subsisting  treaties  with  Hawaii. 
He  protested  against  depriving  the  Japanese  residents 
in  Hawaii,  who  possess  large  property  rights,  of  the  rights 
which  they  enjoy  under  present  conditions  to  become 
citizens  and  to  vote,  and  against  subjecting  them  to  any 
measures  which  the  United  States  might  adopt  in  dero- 
gation of  their  existing  treaty  rights. 

The  Japanese  note,  while  disclaiming  all  designs 
against  the  integrity  and  sovereignty  of  Hawaii  on  the' 
part  of  Japan,  urged  that  maintenance  of  the  status  quo 
of  Hawaii  was  essential  to  the  good  understanding  of  the 
powers  which  had  interests  in  the  Pacific.  It  was  fur- 
ther suggested  that  annexation  might  lead  to  the  post- 
ponement by  Hawaii  of  claims  and  liabilities  already  ex- 
isting in  favor  of  Japan  under  treaty  stipulations. 

Mr.  Sherman,  in  his  reply  of  June  25,  met  the  general 
protest  with  the  statement  that  the  influence  of  the  United 
States  in  Hawaii  has  always  been  paramount,  that  an- 
nexation has  long  been  recognized  as  a  necessary  con- 


CONCLUSION.  165 

tingency,  always  probable  and  steadily  drawing  nearer, 
and  was  proposed  four  years  before  without  eliciting  any 
objection  from  Japan,  and  that  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment would  not  admit  that  the  projected -union  of  Ha- 
waii to  the  United  States  can  injure  any  legitimate  in- 
terests of  other  powers  in  the  Pacific.  With  reference 
to  the  rights  and  claims  of  Japanese  subjects,  he  pointed 
out  that,  although  treaties  would  be  extinguished  by  an- 
nexation, rights  that  have  already  accrued  to  Japan  or 
to  Japanese  subjects  under  the  treaty  between  Japan  and 
Hawaii  would  remain.  ,^ 

Torn  Hoshi,  the  Japanese  Minister,  replying  on  July 
to  Mr.  Sherman's  note,  acknowledged  the  predominant 
and  paramount  influence  of  the  United  States  on  Hawaii, 
which  he  considered  a  guarantee  against  everything  in- 
imkal  to  either  the  United  States  or  Hawaii,  and  there- 
fore an  argument  against  any  change  injuriously  affect- 
ing the  interests  of  others  in  the  status  quo.  The  Jap- 
anese Government  could  not  view  with  unconcern  and  in 
a  spirit  of  acquiescence  the  consequences  which  would 
probably  follow  the  extinction  of  Hawaiian  sovereignty, 
nor  anticipate  without  apprehension  the  consequences, 
direct  and  indirect,  that  would  follow  the  consummation 
of  the  theory  that  annexation  meant  the  immediate  ter- 
mination of  the  treaties  and  conventions  with  Hawaii  and 
the  consequent  cessation  for  the  future  of  the  privileges 
granted  thereunder,  and  it  would  not  admit  that  the 
treaty  of  1858  with  the  United  States,  which  is  wholly 
unreciprocal,  could  be  extended  to  Hawaii  without  its 
consent. 


i66  CONCLUSION. 

Hawaii  proposed  to  arbitrate  the  immigration  question  ] 
and  other  differences,  and  Japan,  after  first  declining,  be- 
fore the  end  of  July  accepted  arbitration  in  principle  and 
expressed  a  willingness  to  discuss  the  basis,  the  subject- 
matter  and  the  procedure  of  arbitration.  The  Chinese 
Consul  raised  objections  in  behalf  of  his  countrymen, 
against  whom  the  Hawaiian  Government  was  beginning 
to  apply  the  exclusion  act  in  force  with  the  United  States. 
The  Hawaiian  Minister  assured  them  that  Chinese  re- 
siding in  Hawaii  would  be  free  to  visit  their  native  coun- 
try and  return. 

In  the  autumn  the  immigration  of  free  laborers  from 
Japan  was  resumed.  The  Japanese  authorities  took  pains 
to  see  that  evef>^  one  of  the  immigrants  complied  with 
the  immigration  regulations,  and  the  Hawaiian  Govern- 
ment, which  had  given  the  assurance  when  the  disnute 
first  arose  that  there  would  be  no  interference  with  bona 
fide  immigrants,  was  helpless  to  stop  this  further  .immi- 
gration. 

Hawaii  accepted  Japan's  proposal  that  each  party  ta 
the  controversy  should  prepared  statement  of  the  facts 
on  which  it  rests  its  case.  Japan  admitted  the  rights  of 
both  parties  to  present  testimony  regarding  facts  on 
which  they  were  not  agreed. 

Finally,  as  President  McKinley  intimated,  everything 
was  settled  to  the  satisfaction  of  both  countries. 

Probably  the  best  exposition  of  the  living  issues  in 
Hawaii,  after  the  annexation,  was  written  by  a  corre- 
spondent of  the  New  York  "Sun."  In  substance  this 
communication  was  as"  follows : 


CONCLUSION.  167 

The  question  of  paramount  importance  in  Hawaii  now 
is  the  form  of  government  to  be  erected  in  the.  islands. 
The  question  is  important  for  Americans,  too ;  but  in  Ha- 
waii httle  else  is  talked  of.  The  burning  question  of  the 
hour  is  the  extent  and  limitations  of  the  franchise  which 
the  Commissioners  are  to  confer.  It  is  the  prevailing  be- 
lief here  that  the  three  American  Commissioners  will 
practically  form  a  law-making  trio  and  the  two  Hawaiian 
Commissioners  will  be  called  on  for  information  regard- 
ing island  affairs. 

''Royalists  and  anti-annexationists  in  Hawaii  are  a 
little  sore  that  they  should  have  no  representation  upon 
the  commission,  but  they  are  willing  to  waive  their  right 
to  be  recognized  if  only  the  Commissioners  will  enfran- 
chise the  Kanakas  and  restore  to  the  native  a  portion  of 
his  rights. 

"There  are  several  well-defined  functions  in  Hawaii. 
One  group  cares  nothing  for  political  rights  or  forms. 
Its  sole  wish  was  to  make  the  islands  American,  and  its 
only  desire  now  is  to  keep  the  Kanakas  voteless.  These 
men  were  ardent  for  annexation,  but  are  now  entirely  in- 
different politically.  It  was  commercialism  and  not  pa- 
triotism that  animated  them.  Royalists  and  men  who 
have  regard  for  the  natives  are  hoping  that  the  native  Ha- 
waiians  may  receive  the  franchise  as  an  act  of  justice. 
It  is  difficult  to  see  how  they  can  be  deprived  of  it  if  the 
territory  of  Hawaii  is  formed  on  lines  of  constitutional 
precedent. 

"It  is  probable  that  the  property  qualification  will  be 
abolished,  but  there  is  some  talk  of  substituting  an  Eng- 


i68  CONCLUSION. 

lish  educational  test.  Almost  all  Hawaiians  read  and 
write  their  own  language,  and  there  is  no  country  in  the 
world  where  the  percentage  of  illiteracy  is  so  small.  But 
many  of  the  natives  do  not  read  and  write  English,  which 
is  a  foreign  language,  and  an  English  educational  fran- 
chise would  discriminate  against  these  men,  although  it 
would  be  a  declining  evil,  as  young  Hawaiians,  who  at- 
tend school  compulsorily,  are  all  instructed  in  English. 
Nevertheless  an  English  education  qualification  will  leave 
the  missionary  party  in  power  for  another  term  of  years. 

"It  is  conceded  that  if  the  native  Kanaka  receives  the 
vote  it  will  mean  the  end  of  the  missionary  hierarchy.  In 
spite  of  diminished  numbers  and  the  loss  of  lands,  the  na^ 
tives  still  outnumber  the  whites,  nor  do  they  need  any  tell- 
ing as  to  who  it  is  that  has  caused  their  downfall.  So 
small  a  portion  of  the  native  vote  that  it  scarcely  deserves 
to  be  counted  is  in  favor  of  the  missionary  party.  Only 
ultra-religious  natives  are  there.  A  wealthy  native  who 
is  the  owner  of  shipping  said  to  me  yesterday : 

"  'The  white  man  is  too  sharp  for  us.  Once  my  peo- 
ple owned  all  lands  out  Ewa  way.  That  was  Kameha- 
meha's  land.  Now  it  all  belongs  to  the  white  man.  If 
the  missionaries  had  taught  us  politics  and  the  white 
man's  ways  in  business  as  carefully  as  they  taught  us  to 
pray,  we  might  have  kept  our  lands.  But  they  taught  us 
religion  and  were  careful  to  keep  us  ignorant  of  their 
methods,  and  now  we  have  nothing.' 

"The  fact,  everywhere  conceded,  that  the  enfranchise- 
ment of  the  native  Hawaiian  means  the  end  of  the  present 
regime,  causes  office-holders  much  serious  thought.      It 


CONCLUvSION.  169 

remains  to  be  seen  whether  the  Commissioners  will  be 
true  to  republican  principles  in  spite  of  pressure  and 
prejudice  on  the  part  of  the  office-holding  class. 

**No  voice  is  raised, for  the  enfranchisement  of  the  Ori- 
entals who  are  so  numerous  in  the  islands.  The  pre- 
vailing sentiment  is  that  votes  should  be  given  as  in  Cali- 
fornia to  native-born  Orientals  who  fill  the  prescribed 
requirements.  Even  then  trouble  is  apprehended  from 
the  Japanese,  who  are  numerous  and  independent.  They 
consider  themselves  quite  as  good  as  any  Occidental  ever 
born,  and  they  are  not  offering  the  other  cheek  with 
Christian  meekness  these  days. 

"Three  parties  or  factions  have  already  appeared.  The 
first  is  in  power  and  is  called  in  Hawaii  the  ^family  com- 
pact.' It  is  composed  almost  entirely  of  men  whose  fa- 
thers or  grandfathers  were  missionaries,  who  civilized  the 
natives,  buried  the  larger  part  of  them,  and  fell  heir  to 
their  extremely  fertile  lands.  The  missionaries  bred  their 
sons  to  business  or  professions,  made  lawyers  and  mer- 
chants and  planters  of  them,  and  the  choicest  parts  of  Ha- 
waii are  theirs. 

"Two  factions  are  forming  in  opposition  to  the  mis- 
sionary party. 

"Then  there  are  the  royalists,  who  have  no  grudge 
against  America,  and  merely  want  to  see  the  native  get 
his  rights  under  annexation.  Very  few  of  the  royalists 
have  ever  taken  the  oath  under  the  republic.  The  royal- 
ists are  more  anxious  to  punish  the  missionaries  than 
anything  else  and  they  will  throw  all  their  weight  with 
any  opposition." 


J70  CONCLUvSION. 

On  the  6lh  of  December,  1898,  the  commission  made 
its  report.     This  report  was  in  substance  as  follows : 

Hawaii  was  to  be  placed  at  once  on  the  plane  of  an 
organized  Territory  of  the  United  States,  and  was  to 
enjoy  the  same  degree  of  self  government  that  is  ac- 
corded to  New  Mexico,  Arizona  and  Oklahoma. 

Though  it  was  a  matter  outside  of  the  strict  subject 
matter  of  their  report,  the  commission  took  care  to  in- 
dicate that  its  recorrimendation  of  self  government  for 
the  Hawaiian  Islands  must  not  be  construed  to  mean 
that  the  same  form  of  government  would  be  advisable 
for  Porto  Rico  or  the  Philippines.  It  was  pointed  out 
that  the  people  of  Hawaii  had  already  demonstrated 
their  capability  of  self  government  by  the  establishment 
and  maintenance  of  the  Republic  of  Hawaii,  and  that 
they  were  already  more  or  less  familiar  with  the  instruc- 
tions and  laws  of  the  United  States,  from  which  many  of 
the  laws  of  Hawaii  were  drawn. 

By  the  proposed  bill  providing  for  the  territorial  form 
of  government,  safeguards  were  thrown  around  the  suf- 
frage, w^hich  would  probably  be  sufficient  to  insure  the 
domination  of  Americans  and  persons  of  American  de- 
scent in  the  government  of  the  islands.  All  white  per- 
sons, including  Portuguese,  and  persons  of  African  de- 
scent, and  all  persons  descended  from  the  Hawaiian 
race,  on  either  the  paternal  or  maternal  side,  who  wero 
citizens  of  Hawaii  immediately  preceding  the  annexa- 
tion, were  made  citizens  of  the  United  States.  This 
barred  out  from  citizenship  25,000  Japanese  and  21,500 
Chinese  laborers  in  the  islands. 


CONCLUSION.  171 

Xot  all  citizens  were  to  bo  permitted  to  vote  for  mem- 
bers of  the  territorial  Legislature.  Those  who  had  paid 
their  taxes  and  were  able  to  understandingly  speak,  read 
and  write  the  English  or  Hawaiian  language  could  vote 
for  representatives  in  the  Legislature,  but  in  order  to  vote 
for  territorial  Senator  a  person  must  have  these  qualifica- 
tions, and  in  addition  must  have  paid  taxes  for  the  pre- 
ceding year  on  not  less  than  $1,000  worth  of  real  prop- 
erty, or  have  received  an  income  of  not  less  than  $600. 

The  bill  providing  for  the  government  prescribed  all 
the  governmental  machinery  and  repealed  certain  Ha- 
waiian laws  which  wxre  in  conflict  with  United  States 
statutes,  or  were  unnecessary  in  view  ^f  annexation. 
Other  bills  submitted  provided  for  recoining  the  Ha- 
waiian silver  currency  into  L^nited  States  coins  and  for 
the  discontinuance  of  the  Hawaiian  postal  savings  bank 
system. 

The  provision  that  the  constitution  and  laws  of  the  ' 
Ignited  States  locally  applicable  should  have  the  same 
force  and  eflfect  in  the  Territory  of  Hawaii  as  elsewhere 
in  the  United  States  was  regarded  by  the  Commissioners 
as  exceptionally  important  for  many  reasons,  among 
which  they  mentioned  the  continued  importation  of 
coolie  labor  into  Hawaii.  Remarking  upon  this  point, 
they  said : 

*'It  has  been  the  policy  of  the  government  of  Hawaii, 
both  since  and  before  the  establishment  of  the  republic, 
to  import  men  under  labor  contracts  for  a  term  of  years, 
at  the  expiration  of  which  they  are  to  return  to  the  coim- 


172  CONCLUSION. 

tries  from  which  they  came.  Those  brought  in  are  mainly 
from  China  and  Japan. 

"Since  the  act  of  Congress  annexing  Ha\yaii  was 
passed,  prohibiting  Chinese  immigration,  the  Hawaiian 
sugar  planters  have  seemed  to  be  making  an  unusual 
effort  in  securing  the  importation  of  Japanese,  laborers, 
fearing  trouble  and  embarrassment  on  account  of  insuf- 
ficient labor  for  the  care  and  carrying  on  of  their  sugar 
plantations. 

*'Of  course,  it  becomes  necessary  to  extend  our  labor 
laws  over  the  island,  so  as  to  prohibit  all  kinds  of  foreign 
contract  labor  from  coming  to  the  territory,  first,  because 
it  is  the  policy  of  the  country  to  keep  out  all  kinds  of 
cheap  foreign  labor,  including  coolie  labor,  and  thereby 
prevent  such  labor  from  interfering  with  the  wages  of 
American  labor,  and,  secondly,  to  protect  our  manu- 
factured products  from  competition  with  manufactured 
goods  produced  by  cheap  alien  labor. 

"The  question  whether  ".vhite  labor  can  be  profitably 
utilized  in  the  sugar  plantations  is  yet  a  problem ;  but  the 
planters  are  preparing  to  give  such  labor  a  trial,  and 
some  of  them  believe  it  will  prove  superior  to  the  labor  of 
either  Chinese  or  Japanese." 

The  report  was  unanimous,  except  upon  one  point,  on 
which  President  Dole  made  minority  recommendation. 
This  recommendation  was  for  a  Board  of  Advisers  to  the 
Governor  of  the  Territory,  and  he  recommended  that  the 
Treasurer,  Attorney-General,  Superintendent  of  Public 
Works  and   Commissioner  of  Public  Lands  should  be 


CONCLUSION.  173 

constituted  special  counsellors  of  the  Governor,  to  be  con- 
sulted by  him  concerning  all  matters  of  public  policy. 

Mr.  Dole  gave  as  his  reason  for  his  recommendation 
the  fear  that  without  some  such  provision  the  Governor 
might  arrogate  to  himself  greater  power  than  was  con- 
templated. 

''While,"  he  said,  "with  some  misgivings  I  have  as- 
sented to  the  provisions  of  the  majority  report,  which 
place  the  executive  power  of  the  territory  in  the  hands  of 
one  individual,  and  do  away  with  the  Executive  Council, 
I  am  unable  to  accept  those  which  confer  upon  the  Gov- 
ernor the  appointment  of  all  subordinate  officers,  and 
which,  while  giving  him  the  appointment  of  heads  of  de- 
partments, with  the  approval  of  the  Senate,  permit  him 
to  remove  them  without  such  approval — a  power  not  en- 
joyed by  the  President  of  the  United  States.  Nor  can  I 
agree  to  the  absence  of  any  provisions  whatever  limiting 
or  checking  the  Governor's  executive  power  under  the 
laws,  excepting  as  to  the  approval  of  the  Senate  required 
in  certain  appointments. 

"The  weight  of  these  objections  will  be  better  under- 
stood in  view  of  the  recommendations  of  the  Commis- 
sioners that  the  Legislature  shall  hold  regular  sessions 
but  once  in  two  years,  as  heretofore,  which  circumstance 
would  furnish  the  Governor  with  the  opportunity,  if  he 
should  choose  to  seize  it,  of  removing  any  or  all  heads  of 
departments  immediately  after  the  termination  of  the 
regular  session  of  the  Legislature  and  filling  their  places 
with  persons  whose  commissions  would  be  valid  until  the 


174  CONCLUSION. 

etid  of  the  next  session  of  the  Senate,  which  might  not 
occur  for  nearly  two  years. 

"By  this  means  a  Governor,  acting  within  his  authority, 
could  substantially  evade  the  provisions  requiring  these 
appointments  to  J^e  approved  by  the  Senate.  The  per- 
formances of  like  character  under  the  monarchy  are  too 
fresh  in  the  minds  of  the  Hawaiian  community  to  permit 
them  to  contemplate  without  dismay  the  possibility  of  a 
repetition  thereof. 

"The  Governor,  under  the  provisions  of  the  act  recom- 
mended by  the  commission,  will  have  less  check  to  his 
administration  of  afifairs  than  was  the  case  with  the  sov- 
ereigns under  the  monarchy,  excepting  only  in  the  mat- 
ter of  tenure  of  office." 

The  report  contained  an  inventory  of  the  public  prop- 
erty of  the  republic,  which  now  inured  to  the  United 
States,  which  was  of  an  estimated  value  of  $10,418,740. 

Construction  of  a  cable  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands  was 
recommended,  to  be  under  the  contrt)!  of  the  United 
States,  which,  the  report  said,  "Is  demanded  by  the  mili- 
tary conditions  existing  or  liable  to  exist  at  any  time." 

As  regards  our  acquisition  of  Hawaii,  we  are  not  likely 
to  have  the  trouble  there  as  we  may  possibly  ha:ve  with 
Aguinaldo  and  his  followers  in  the  Philippines. 

The  entire  foreign  population,  if  it  can  be  so  called, 


CONCLUSION,  175 

is  in  favor  of  the  United  States,  and  rejoices  at  annexa- 
tion. 

As  to  the  natives,  ^liss  Krout,  in  her  excellent  book, 
concludes  somewhat  sadly : 

"No  matter  what  the  outcome  may  be,  the  Hawaiian 
is  a  fading  race,  with  remnants  of  heathen  customs 
still  hampering  it,  confronted  by  the  stronger  and  the 
newer,  trained  in  government  and  refined,  or  at  any  rate 
strengthened,  by  civilization.  It  is  one  of  those  crises 
which  come  to  individuals  and  nations  alike,  when  des- 
tiny leaves  little  choice  to  the  actor  in  the  drama,  and 
events  move  on  irresistibly  through  the  transition  wihch 
evolves  at  last  higher  and  better  conditions.  It  is  the 
apparent  triumph  of  the  strong  over  the  weak ;  it  is,  in 
reality,  the  natural  dissolution  of  that  which  has  served  its 
time.  It  seems  a  hard  and  pitiless  doctrine,  but  it  is  the 
unvarying  law  of  nature  and  history." 

Still,  taking  it  all  in  all.  we  can  trust  with  confidence 
to  the  future.  Mr.  Watterson,  in  the  Louisville  Courier- 
Journal,  gives  utterance  to  the  following  stout-hearted, 
ringing  words : 

"God,  who  gave  to  the  modern  world  \\'ashington  and 
Lincoln,  will  take  care  of  all  the  interests  of  the  American 
Republic  between  Porto  Rico  and  the  Philippine  Islands, 
between  Havana  and  Hawaii,  even  as  He  took  care  of  the 
territorv  of  Louisiana  and  Texas." 


176  CONCLUSION. 

Surely,  the  United  States  may  well  go  forward  fear- 
lessly, and  Hawaii  will  unquestionably  in  the  near  future 
be  a  possession  of  which  we  shall  be  unfeignedly  proud. 

In  conclusion,  let  us  quote  a  charming  poem  by  Mr, 
Philip  Henry  Dodge,  which  appeared  in  the  Overland 
Monthly : 

On  the  heaving  of  the  ocean, 

Like  a  loving  mother's  breast, 
Lie  the  Islands  of  Hawaii 
As  an  infant  in  its  rest. 
Sleep  sweetly,  Hawaii,  so  fearless  and  free, 
Fair  daughter  of  ocean,  the  child  of  the  sea. 

Fond  the  mother's  arms  are  clasping. 

With  caresses  soft  and  light. 
In  the  framing  of  the  surf-beat 
On  the  shores  by  day  and  night. 
Sleep  sweetly,  Hawaii,  each  silvery  tide 
But  draws  thy  fond  mother  more  close  to  thy  side. 

Where  the  light  cascades  are  falling, 

To  the  ocean  from  the  steep. 
There  are  geiitle  baby  fingers 

Which  within  the  mother's  creep. 
Sleep  sweetly,  Hawaii,  so  tenderly  blest, 
As  lovingly  brooded  as  bird  in  its  nest. 

Soft  the  baby  eyes  are  hidden, 

In  the  sunshine  and  the  calm, 
'Mid  the  radiance  of  the  mountains. 
Fringed  with  fragrant  fern  and  palm. 
Sleep  sweetly,  Hawaii,  the  stars  in  the  sky. 
Are  joined  in  the  tune  of  thy  kind  lullaby. 


CONCLUSION.  177 

Robes  of  verdure,  closely  clinging 
Round  thy  form  in  tender  grace, 
Weave  the  beauty  of  thy  garments, 
Cloth  of  gold  and  leafy  lace. 
Sleep  sweetly,  Hawaii,  each  cloud  as  it  flies 
But  brings  thee  a  message  of  love  from  the  skies. 

Hushed  amid  the  tender  silence. 

Still  thy  heart  is  beating  low, 
In  the  fiery,  livid  pulsing 
Of  the  lurid  crater's  glow. 
Sleep  sweetly,  Hawaii,  the  murmur  of  waves, 
Is  echo  of  music  from  coral  formed  caves. 

Calmly  rest,  with  sunbeams  smiling 

O'er  the  dimples  of  thy  face. 
Clasped  amid  the  loving  waters 
Of  thy  mother's  fond  embrace. 
Sleep  stveetly,  Hawaii,  so  trustful  and  strong, 
All  nature  is  singing  thy  glad  cradle  song. 


THE  END. 


A  CUARANTEE  THAT'S  GOOD ! 

We  have  tiousouds  of  testimonials,  and  are  proud  of  the 
stories  they  tell  of  relief  from  many  forms  of  misery.  But 
the  experience  of  another  person  may  not  be  yours  with 
the  same  preparation. 

^  CURE 

{j^tMOTU^  Constipation 

IOc»,  25o,  50a 

Sold  on  merit  only  under  an  absolute  guarantee  to  cure, 
if  used  according  to  directions.  Every  retail  druggist  is 
authorized  to  sell  two  50c.  boxes  Ca^carets  under  guar- 
antee to  cure  or  money  refunded.  You  take  no  cliances 
when  you  buy  our  preparations,  sent  by  mail  for  price,  10c. , 
25c.,  or  50c.— Address  SIIORLING  REMEDY  CO.,  Chi- 
cago, Montreal  or  New  York— or  when  you  purchase  under 


ALL  DRUGGISTS. 
10c. ,  25c.,  50c. 


Your  Own  Druggists'  Guarantee. 


260 


MADE  A  MAN  OF  ME 

That's  what  400,000  former  Tobacco 
USERS  say  about  NO-TO-BAC, 
the  wonderful  origriiial  piuirantt'ed 
tobacco   habit   cure.      NO-TO- 
BAC   is  the  greatest  KEiiVIi 
BUILDER   knov^r^.  for   man 
and  woman  alike,     jd  brings 
new   blissl'ul    life    to  many 
who  have  lost  all  hope  fur 
happiness.       It    restores 
vitality,  no  matter  what 
causes   have  destroyi 
It     

r^Buy  NO-TO 
BAC  uiid'T  your 
QwnDrugrgist's 
Guarantees. 

Price,  50c.or|l 
a  box; three |1 
boxes,  ?2.50. 

Absnluteiy  MAI/CC 

J^i^eanylV^Vy  WEAK    MEN 

*  T'      \\y  STRONG 

^^''^^^     ^'   Write  for  booklet  and  free  sample 

STERLING  REMEDY  CO..  Chicago,  Montreal,  Can.  or  New  York.       sisn 


Come  and  hear  the  children  singf 

Ripans  Tabules — just  the  thing* 

They  cure  the  sick; 

They  banish  pain; 

One  gives  relief. 

And  you  can  buy  ten  for  five  cents. 


WANTED:— A  case  of  had  health  that  R-I-P-A'N-S  will  not  benefit.  Send  five 
cents  to  llipans  Chemical  Co..  Xo.  10  Spruce  Street,  New  York,  for  10  san)i)les  and 
1,000  testiinoui;ils.  R-J-P-AN'-S.  10  forScents,  or  12  packets  for  48  cents,  may  be 
had  of  all  druggists  who  are  wiliiimto  sell  alow-priced  medicine  at  a  inodeniti-  profit. 
Thej- banish  pain  and  pr'louir  life.  One  gives  relief.  Note  the  word  R-I-P-A-N* 
ou  the  packet.    Accept  no  substitute. 


My  little  girl,  almost  since  birth,  nnd  she  is  now  three  years  old,  was 
troubled  with  a  breaking  out  all  over  the  body.  1  tried  botli  homoeo- 
pathic and  old  school  doctors,  but  none  of  them  did  her  any  good.  I 
gave  her  all  kinds  of  spring  medicines,  and  at  last  commenced  to  think 
they  dill  her  more  harm  than  good.  She  seemed  to  be  worse  at  the 
cliange  of  the  season,  especially  s}uingtime,  and  would  break  out  on  her 
lips,  back  of  her  ears,  inside  of  her  nose,  on  her  chest,  and  in  fact  all  over 
her  body,  and  then  the  breaking  out  would  turn  into  sores,  forming  a 
hard  scab  which  v/ould  continuallv  bleed,  and  it  was  disgusting.  A 
friend  of  mine,  Mrs.  Knouls,  told  me  to  try  Ripans  Tabules,  and  I  did, 
and  after  using  three  boxes  you  will  know  how  much  good  they  did 
her  when  1  went  to  work  and  threw  all  the  other  medicines  I  had  out,  as 
I  h;id  no  more^  use  for  the4n.  It  is  three  months  since  1  gave  Ripans 
Tabules  to  my  child,  and  she  is  entirely  well  now.  I  will  never  be 
without  the  Tabules  in  the  house,  for  they  are  a  blessing. 


WANTED:— A  case  of  bud  hoaUh  tliat  R-I'P-A-N-S  will  not  benefit.  Send  five 
coins  to  Ripans  Clicmical  Co.,  No.  10  Spruce  Street,  New  York,  for  10  samples  and 
1,000  test! inonials.  R'T-F'A-N-S,  10  for  5  cents,  or  K  i)ackets  for  48  cents,  may  be 
lind  of  all  driigeists  who  are  willing'  to  sell  a  sUmdard  medicine  at  a  moderate  profit 
Tliey  banish  pain  and  prolong  life.  One  gives  relief.  Note  the  word  R'IP-A*N'8 
on  the  packet.    Accept  uo  substitute. 


I  have  more  vigor  and  my  health 
is  so  much  better  in  every  way,  and 
I  feel  I  owe  it  all  to  Ripans  Tab- 
ules.  They  are  my  stand-by.  I 
never  knew  that  I  could  get  such 
relief  and  so  soon.  I  have  been 
wonderfully  benefited  by  them  after 
hard  study. 

WANTED:— A  case  of  bad  healtli  tliat  RIPA-XS  will  not  benefit.  Send  five 
cents  to  Ripans  CUeinical  Co.,  No.  10  Spruce  Street,  New  York,  for  10  samples  and 
1,000  testimonials.  R-M'A-N-S.  10  tor  .5  cents,  or  12  packets  for  48  cents,  may  l»e 
had  of  all  druggists  who  are  willing  to  sell  a  standard  nipdicine  at  a  moderate  profit. 
They  banish  pain  and  prolong  lir*>.  One  gives  relief.  Note  the  word  RIPA-NS 
ou  the  packet.    Accept  no  substitute. 


Mrs.  Georgie  Sheldon 

Has  to  her  credit  the  sale  of  more  than  a  mil- 
lion copies  of  her  fascinating,  romantic  novels. 
These  stories  positively  cannot  be  bought  under 
any  other  imprint.  Their  irresistible  charm  is 
traceable  to  the  admixture  of  romantic  fancy 
with  scenes  and  events  taken  from  life,  with 
which  page  after  page  is  adorned.  It  can  be 
safely  stated  that  no  American  authoress  of  the 
day  has  captivated  and  controls  such  a  vast  army 
of  readers  of  all  classes  and  conditions,  who 
keep  pouring  in  a  steadfast  flow  of  letters, 
thanking  and  praising  the  novelist  for  the  high 
intellectual  pleasure  she  has  afforded  them. 

These  volumes  are  handsomely  printed  and 
bound  in  tastefully  illustrated  paper  covers. 
Price,  25  cents.  On  heavier  paper,  bound  in 
cloth,  $1.00. 


Marguerite's  Heritage. 
Earle  Wayne's  Nobility* 
Nameless  DelL 
The  Forsaken  Bride* 
Brownie's  Triumph. 
His  Heart's  Queen. 
Mona. 

Wedded  by  Fate. 
Geoffrey's  Victory. 


Audrey's  Recompense. 

Vir gie's  Inheritance. 

Wild  Oats. 

Max. 

A  True  Aristocrat. 

Trixy. 

Sibyl's  Influence. 

Stella  Rosevelt. 

Lost,  A  Pearle. 


For  sale  by  all  booksellers  and  newsdealers,  or  sent,  postage  free,  on 
receipt  of  price,  by  the  publisher?, 

STREET  &-  SMITH,  New  York. 


AMEDEE  ACIIARD 

Belle  Rose.  Paris  No.      9.     25c. 

ALISON 

So  Near  and  Yet  So  Far.  Daisy  No.  16.      5c. 

GRANT  ALLEX 

In  All  Shades.  Arrow  No.  22.    loc. 

HON.  EVELYN  ASHHY 

Illegal  Marriage,  The.  Select  No.  61.     25c. 

ROSE  ASHLEIGU 

His  Other  Wife.  "        70.       ** 

Widow's  Wager,  The.  "  9.       " 

ANNIE   ASHMORE 

Beautiful  Rienzi.  "  41.  " 

Bride  Elect,  The.  *'  13.  " 

Sweet  Sisters  of  Inchvarra,  The.  **  71.  *' 

CLARA  AUGUSTA 

Nobody's  Daiicrhter.  "        82.       ♦' 

Lost  Bride,  The.  **        21.       *' 

FRANK  BARRETT 

Great  Hesper,  The.  Arrow  No.  31.     loc. 

YOUNG  BAXTER 

Old  Mortality,  King  of  Detectives.  Secret  Service  No.    9.     25c. 

CHARLES  J.  BELLAMY 
Moment  of  Madness,  A.  ^  Select  No.  46.     25c. 

ADOLPHE  BELOT 
Tragedy  of  the  Rue  de  la  Paix,  The.  Arrow  No.  32.     loc. 

JULIA  TRUITT  BISHOP 

Kathleen  Douglas.  Primrose  No.    4.     50c. 

DION  BOUCCICAULT 
Forbidden  Fruit.  Drama   No.  16.     25c. 

PAUL  BOURGET 
Living  Lie,  A.  Arrow  No.    8.     loc. 

BURKE  BRENTFORD 

Florence  Falkland.  Select  No.  14.     25c. 

Gold  Dust  Darrell.  Secret  Service  No.  30.     25c. 

Lost  in  New  York.  Select  No.  84.     25c. 

EDWARD  8.  BROOKS 

Soldier  Lover,  A.  Flag  No.    2.     25c. 


a.  WALDO  BROWN 

Daughter  of  Maryland,  A.  Clover  No.  68.    25c. 

3IARY  E.  BIIYAN 

Stormy  Wedding,  A.  Select  No.    6.    25c. 

ROBERT  BUCHANAN 

Matt,  a  Tale  of  a  Caravan.  Daisy  No.  24.      5c. 

NED  BUNTLINE     * 

Dashing  Charlie.  Sea  anc?  Shore  No.  25.     25c. 

Naval  Detective's  Chase,  The.  Secret  Service  No.  25.     25c. 

Red  Dick.  Sea  and  Shore  No.  26.     25c 

NEIL  BURGESS 

County  Fair,  The.  Eagle  No.  60.     loc. 

FREDERIC  R.  BURTON 

Mission  of  Poubalov,  The.  Criterion  No.  20.     50c. 

HALL  CAINE 

Bondman,  The.  Model  No.  2.  25c. 

Deemster,  The.                                                               "  i.  *' 

Shadow  of  a  Crime,  A.                                                 "  3.  " 

She's  all  the  World  to  Me.  Arrow  No.  2.  loc. 

Son  of  Hagar,  A.  Model  No.  4.  25c 

ROSE  NOUCHETTE  CAREY 

Only  the  Governess.  Model  No.  15.     25c 

NICHOLAS  CARTEIt 

Accidental  Password,  An. 
American  Marquis,  The. 
Among  the  Counterfeiters. 
Among  the  Nihilists. 
At  Odds  with  Scotland  Yard. 
At  Thompson's  Ranch, 
Australian  Klondike,  A. 
Caught  in  the  Toils. 
Chance  Discovery,  A. 
Check  No.  777. 
Crime  of  a  Countess,  The. 
Deposit  Vault  Puzzle,  A. 
Evidence  by  Telephone. 
Fighting  Against  Millions. 
Gambler's  Syndicate,  The. 
Great  Enigma,  The. 
Klondike  Claim,  A. 
Man  from  India,  The. 
Millionaire  Partner,  A. 
Mysterious  Mail  Robbery,  The. 
Old  Detective's  Pupil,  The. 


Magnet  No 

.53. 

IOC. 

(( 

7- 

<i 

(( 

39. 

t( 

(( 

43- 

<( 

(t 

49. 

(( 

(( 

56. 

(( 

(i 

8. 

(( 

n 

14. 

(I 

(( 

19- 

(( 

i( 

46. 

ti 

(( 

5. 
21. 

(t 

(( 

(t 

i( 

23- 

(( 

il 

II. 

(i 

i( 

18. 

il 

t( 

2. 

11 

(( 

I. 

(( 

(( 

50. 

t( 

(( 

59. 

(t 

(( 

13- 

(i 

(( 

^0. 

i( 

NICHOLAS  CARTER -Continued 


Piano  Box  Mystery,  The. 
Playing  a  Bold  Game. 
Stolen  Identity,  A. 
Titled  Counterfeiter,  A. 
Tracked  Across  the  Atlantic. 
Wall  Street  Haul,  A. 
Woman's  Hand,  A. 


BERTHA  M.  CLAY 


Another  Man's  Wife. 

Another  Woman's  Husband. 

Belle  of  Lynn,  The. 

Between  Two  Hearts. 

Between  Two  Loves. 

Beyond  Pardon. 

Bitter  Atonement,  A. 

Broken  Wedding  Bingj  A. 

Claribel's  Love  Story. 

Dora  Thorne. 

Duke's  Secret,  The. 

Earl's  Atonement,  The. 

Evelyn's  Folly. 

Fair  but  Faithless. 

Fiery  Ordeal,  A. 

For  Another's  Sin. 

For  a  Woman's  Honor. 

From  Out  the  Gloom. 

Gipsy's  Daughter,  The. 

Gladys  Greye. 

Golden  Dawn,  A. 

Golden  Heart,  A. 

Heart's  Bitterness,  A. 

Heart's  Idol,  A. 

Her  Martvrdom. 

Her  Only  Sin. 

Her  Second  Love. 

His  Wife's  Judgment. 

Ideal  Love,  An. 

In  Love's  Crucible. 

Lady  Damers'  Secret. 

Lady  Hutton's  Ward. 

Lord  Lisle's  Daughter. 

Lord  Lynne's  Choice. 

Love  Works  Wonders. 

Mad  Love,  A. 

Marjorie  Deane. 

Prince  Charlie's  Daughter. 

Put  Asunder. 

Repented  at  Leisure. 

Shadow  of  a  Sin,  The. 

Squire's  Darling,  The. 

Story  of  the  Wedding  Ring,  The. 

4 


Magnet  No.  17. 

IOC. 

*'        12. 

i( 

'*          9- 

(( 

**          3- 

(( 

**          4- 

(( 

6. 

<( 

"         16. 

(( 

Eagle,  No.  48. 

IOC. 

42. 

ti 

Clover  No.  93. 

25c. 

28. 

(( 

33. 

(( 

•*          31. 

(( 

"        107. 

(( 

96. 

(( 

"          82. 

(( 

3«. 

(( 

"          76. 

(( 

35. 

(( 

105. 

({ 

*'           26. 

u 

78. 

98. 

Eagle  No.    4. 

(( 

IOC. 

Clover  No.  84. 

25c. 

Eagle  No.  11. 

IOC. 

59. 

(( 

Daisy  No.    9. 

5c. 

Clover  No.  39. 

25c. 

18. 

u 

Eagle  No.  21. 

IOC. 

Clover  No  92. 

25c. 

Daisy  No.  18. 

5C. 

Clover  No.  99. 

25c. 

"         no. 

it 

83. 

(( 

Eagle,  No.  70. 

IOC. 

Clover  No.  108. 

25c. 

91. 

(( 

89. 

(( 

87. 

<( 

*'         106. 

(t 

40. 

i( 

Eagle  No.  79. 

IOC. 

Clover  No.  94. 

25c. 

32. 

(( 

36. 

u 

79. 

(( 

**        102. 

(( 

,  "        104. 

(< 

Bi: RTHA  M.  CLAT-Contlnued. 

Struggle  for  a  Ring,  A. 

Clover  No.  100. 

25c. 

Sunshine  and  Roses. 

"          88. 

u 

Thorn  in  Her  Heart,  A. 

109. 

(( 

Thorns  and  Orange  Blossoms. 

85. 

(( 

Thrown  on  the  World. 

*'          86. 

(( 

True  Magdalen,  A. 

97- 

(( 

'Twixt  Love  and  Hate. 

29. 

(( 

Under  a  Shadow. 

"          34- 

(( 

Violet  Lisle. 

Eagle  No.  14. 

lOC. 

Weaker  than  a  Woman. 

Clover  No.  S7. 

25c. 

Wedded  and  Parted. 

''         103. 

?< 

Which  Loved  Him  Best? 

95. 

(( 

Wife  in  Name  Only. 

77. 

(( 

Woman's  Temptation,  A. 

30. 

It 

Woraans'  War,  A. 

81. 

(( 

C.  W.  COBB 

The  Mountaineer  Detective. 

Magnet  No.  40. 

IOC. 

SYLVANUS  COBB,  JR. 

Ben  Hamed.                                          Sea  and  Shore  No.    8. 

25c. 

Golden  Eagle,  The.                             Sea  and  Shore  No.  15. 

25c. 

King's  Talisman,  The. 

Select  No.  25. 

25c. 

Yankee  Champion,  The. 

Eagle  No.  78. 

IOC. 

3IRS.  E.  BURKE  COHLINS 

Bonny  Jean. 

.  Select  No.    4. 

25c. 

Debt  of  Vengeance,  A. 

42. 

(( 

Married  for  Gold. 

"         31. 

(( 

LUCY  RANDALL  COMFORT 

Cecile's  Marriage. 

Select  No.  35. 

25c. 

Gratias'  Trials. 

7. 

(( 

Widowed  Bride,  The. 

"        75. 

(( 

MARIE  CORELLI 

Ardath,  Vol.  I. 

Arrow  No.  24. 

IOC. 

Ardath,  Vol.  IL 

25. 

u 

Romance  of  Two  Worlds,  A. 

''        18. 

u 

Vendetta. 

''        36. 

(( 

CARL  CROFTON 

Peyton  ToT^ers. 

Daisy  No.  27. 

5c. 

HENRY  DALE 

Adventures  of  the  Younger  Brothers. 

Secret  Service  No.  32.     25c. 

.MARY  KYLE  DALLAS 

Grinder  Papers,  The.  Select  No.  74.     25c. 

Winifred.  "         27.       " 

CHARLES  DARRELL 
When  London  Sleeps.  Drama  No.  33.     25c. 

6 


ALFIIONSE  DAIDET 

Jack.                                   •                                   Paris  No.    i.  25c. 

Partners,  The.                                                                "          3.  '' 

Sappho.                                                                 Arrow  No.  16.  loc. 

HOORE  DE  BALZAC 

The  Chouaiis.                                                        Paris  No.  20.  25c. 

E.  AND  J.  DE  (^OXCOUUT 

Germinie  Lacerteux.                                          Arrow  No.    4.  loc. 

Sister  Philomene.                                 Sea  and  Shore  No.  55.  25c. 

ADOLPHE  D'EXXERY 

Two  Orphans,  The.  Drama  No.  21.     25c. 

EDWIN  S.  DEAXE 

Bob  Younger's  Fate. "  Secret  Service  No.  28.     25c. 

LEOX  1»ETIXSEAU 

His  Fatal  Yow  or  Sealed  Lips.  Arrow  No.  23.     loc. 

ALBERT  DELPIT 

Coralie's  Son.  Arrow  No.  35.     loc. 

MRS.  MARY  A.  DEXISON 

Daughter  of  the  Regiment,  The.  Select  No.  56.     25c. 

Late  Repentance,  A.  "         19.       *' 

Man  in  Blue,  The.  Traymore  No.  20.     25c. 

MARMADIKE  DEY 

Muertalma,  or,  the  Poisoned  Pin.  Magnet  No.  58.     loc. 

H.  (m  A  XT  AN  DONXELLV 

Darkest  Russia. 

A.  M.  DOUGLAS 

Midnight  Marriage,  The. 

A.  CONAN  J)OYLE 

Bejond  the  City. 

Firm  of  Girdlestone,  The. 

Gully  of  Bluemansdyke,  The. 

Man  from  Archangel,  The. 

Micah  Clarke, 

Mystery  of  Cloomber. 

Night  Amo.ng  the  Nihilists,  A. 

Studv  in  Scarlet,  A. 

Surgeon  of  Gaster  Fell,  The. 

White  Company,  The. 

Sign  of  the  Four,  The. 

KARL  DRURY 

Three  Blows,  The.  Traymore  No.  10.     25c. 


Drama  No. 

26. 

ase. 

Eagle  No 

.6. 

IOC. 

Arrow  No. 

6. 

IOC. 

Model  No. 

10. 

25c. 

Daisy  No. 

22. 

5c. 

(( 

14. 

<< 

Model  No. 

9- 

25c. 

Daisy  No. 

I. 

5c. 

"  ^i 

8. 

i( 

Arrow  No. 

3- 

IOC. 

Daisy  No. 

26. 

5c. 

Model  No. 

II. 

IOC. 

Arrow  No. 

ly- 

IOC. 

FORTUNE  DU  BOISGOBEY 

Blue  Veil,  The. 

Convict  Colonel,  The. 

Crime  of  the  Opera  House,  The.  Vol.  I. 

Crime  of  the  Opera  House,  The.  Vol.  II. 

His  Great  Revenge.     Vol.  I. 

His  Great  Revenge.     Vol.  II. 

Matapan  Affair,  The. 

Red  Lottery  Ticket,  The. 

Steel  Neckface,  The. 

THE  DUCHESS 

Duchess,  The. 
Haunted  Chamber,  The. 
Loys,  Lord  Berresford. 
Mildred  Trevanion. 
Passive  Crime,  A. 
Sony  Maid,  A. 
Troublesome  Girl,  A. 

B TKXEI.L  DUDLFV 

Gentleman  from  Gascony,  A.  Criterion  No.  ii.  50c. 


ilagnet  No 

44. 

IOC 

(( 

33- 

u 

35- 

i( 

36. 

i( 

54. 

i( 

55. 

(( 

38. 

(( 

31- 

{( 

27. 

Arrow  No 

34. 

IOC. 

Dfiisv  No 

13- 

5C. 

(( 

2. 

(( 

Arrow  No 

40. 

IOC. 

Daisy  No 

31- 

re. 

*<< 

21. 

'<< 

(( 

6. 

(( 

KICHAIIB  IUFFY 


Saved  from  the  Sea. 

Drama  No. 

29. 

25c 

ALEXANDRE  DU31AS 

Camille. 

Drama  No. 

II. 

25c 

Corsican  Brothers,  The. 

" 

14. 

Count  of  Monte  Cristo,  The. 

Paris  No. 

II. 

D:inicheffs,  The. 

Drama  No. 

13. 

lldmond  Dantes. 

Paris  No. 

10. 

liouise  de  Valliere. 

15. 

?dan  in  the  Iron  Mask,  The. 

16. 

Tiuee  Musketeers,  The. 

12. 

Twenty  Years  After. 

13. 

Vicomte  de  Bragelonne,  The 

14. 

FRANCIS  A.  DURIYAGE 

Fontleroy. 

Tr 

aymore  No. 

14. 

25c. 

ARY 

ECILAW 

Her  Royal  Lover. 

Paris  No. 

21. 

25c. 

JULIA  EDWARDS 

Beautiful  but  Poor. 

Eagle  No- 

8. 

lOC. 

Estelle's  Millionaire  Lover. 

il 

27. 

(( 

He  Loves  Me,  Loves  Me  Not. 

u 

3- 

<( 

Laura  Rravton. 

, 

Clover  No. 

45. 

25c. 

Little  Widow,  The. 

Eagle  No. 

1,9. 

lOC 

Prettiest  of  All. 

Clover  No. 

41. 

25c. 

Sadia  the  Rosebud. 

Clover  No. 

44. 

25c. 

Stella  Sterling. 

Eagle  No. 

62. 

IOC, 

WARllEN  EDWARDS 

Colonel's  Wife,  The.  Eagle  No.  39.  loc. 

Dispatch  Bearer,  The.  "         56.  " 

War  Reporter,  The.  Flag  No.    7.  25c. 

HUMPHREY  ELLIOTT 

Adam  Kent's  Choice.  Traymore  No.    2.     25c. 

GEORGE  MANVILLE  FE>\ 
Bag  of  Diamonds,  The.  .  Magnet  No.  30.     loc. 

.    OCTAVE  FEUILLET 

Led  Astray.  Drama  No.  17.     25c. 

Parisian  Romance,  A.  '*         12.       " 

Romance  of  a  Poor  Young  Man,  The. 

Sea  and  Shore  No.  34.     25c. 

E\S1G>  CLARKE  FITCH,  U.  S.  >. 

Fiirhting  Squadron.  The.  Columbia  No.  2.     loc 

Prisoner  of  Morro,  A.  "  4.       " 

JAMKS  FRANKLIN  FITTS 

Modern  Miracle,  A.  Traymore  No.    3.     25c. 

Struggle  for  Maverick,  The.  "         11.       '• 

GERALDINE  FLEMING 

Only  a  Girl's  Love.  Clover  No.  124.  25c. 

Sinless  Crime,  A.  '*         133.  25c. 

MAY  AGNES  FLEMING 
Virginia  Heiress,  The.  Eagle  No.    9.     loc. 

R.  E.  FRANCILLON 
King  or  Knave.  Arrow  No.    7.     loc. 

EMILE  GARORIAU 

Caught  in  the  Net  (Slaves  of  Paris,  Vol  I), 

Magnet  No.  20.     loc. 
Champdoce  Mystery,  The  (Slaves  of  Paris  Vol.  II). 

Magnet  No.  22.     loc. 
Clique  of  Gold,  The.  "        29.       " 

Detective's  Dilemma,  The  (Mons.  Lecoq,  Vol.  I.) 

Magnet  No.  24.     loc. 
Detective's  Triumph,  The  (Mons.  Lecoq,  Vol.  II) 

Magnet  No.  25.     loc. 
File  No.  113.  "26.       " 

Widow  Lerouge,  The.  "        15.       *' 

CHARLES  GARVICE 

Elaine.  Eagle  No.  22.  loc. 

Her  Heart's  Desire.  "  41.  " 

Her  Ransom.  *'  50.  " 

Leslie's  Loyalty.  **  17.  '* 

Marquis,  The.  **  73.  ** 

Wasted  Love,  A.  **  24.  " 

8 


GEORGE  W.  GOODE 

Post  Office  Detective,  The,  Magnet  No.  52.     loc. 

H.  RIDER  HAGGARD 

Allan  Quatermain.  Arrow  No.  33.     loc. 

Maiwa's  Revenge.  Daisy  No.  10.      5c. 

A.  D.  HALL 

Cattle  King,  The.  Drama  No.  32.  25c. 

Cuba:    Its  Past,  Present  and  Future.  Historical  No,  i.  loc. 

Fatal  Card,  The.  Eagle  No,  16.  loc. 

Mavournecn.  "         76.  ** 

Northern  Lights.  Brama  No.  28.  25c. 

MARY  GRACE  HALPINE 

Discarded.  Clover  No.  126.  25c. 

T.  W.  HANSHEW 

Beautiful  but  Dangerous.  Select  No.  86.     25c. 

Wedded  Widow,  A.  "  2.       " 

Young  Mrs.  Charnleigh.  Traymore  No.    i.       " 

T.  C.  HARBALGH 

White  Squadron,  The.  Clover  No.  69.    25c. 

MARION  HARLAND 

Stepping  Stones.  Select  No.  57.    25c. 

BEATRICE  HARRADEN 
At  the  Green  Dragon.  Daisy  No.  15.      5c. 

JOSEPH  HATTOX 
John  Needham's  Double,   ,  Magnet  No,  41.     loc. 

JULIAN  HAWTHORNE 
Kildhurm's  Oak.  Traymore  No.  19.     25c. 

MRS.  SUMNER  HAYDEX 

Vella  Vernell.  Select  No.    3.     25c. 

yy.  HEIMBURG 

Martha,  the  Parson's  Daughter.  Select  No.  106.  25c. 

K.  F.  HILL 

Mysterious  Case,  A,  Magnet  No.  32.  loc. 

Mvsterv  of  a  Madstone,  The.  Secret  Service  No.  20.  25c. 

Twin  Detectives,  The.  "  "  4-  25c. 

MRS.  H.  C.  HOFFMAN 

Broken  Vows.                                                     Clover  No.  127.  25c. 

Harvest  of  Thorns,  A.                                                  "         125,  " 

Leah's  Mistake,                                                              "         130-  " 

Miserable  Woman,  A.                                                   **         123.  " 

9 


MISS  M.  E.  HOLMES 

Woman  Against  Woman,  Eagle  No.  52.     loc. 

<;i:NIE  H0LZ3IEYER  (Mrs.  SydDey  Roseiifehl) 

Proud  Dishonor,  A.  Select  No.  76.     25c. 

A> THOXY  HOPE' 
Dolly  Dialogues,  The.  Daisy  No.    7.      5c. 

Sport  Roval.  '"         17.       " 

ADAH  M.  HOWAIM) 
Child  Wife,  The,  and  Only  a  Governess.      Clover  No.  132.  25c. 

VICTOR  HUGO 

Han  of  Iceland.              *  Arrow  No.  19.  loc. 

Hunchback  of  Notre  Dame,  The.  Paris  No.  5.  25c. 

Ruv  Bias.  Arrow  No.  37.  loc. 

Toilers  of  the  Sea,  The.  "        30.  " 

FERGFS  HUME 

Mystery  of  a  Hansom  Cab,  The.  Magnet  No.  47.     loc. 

OLD  HITCH 

Detective's  Clue,  The.  Secret  Service  No.  14.     25c. 

POLICE  CAPTAIN  JAMI-S 

Little  Lightning.  Secret  Service  No.    8.     25c. 

Revenue  Detective,  The.  Magnet  No.  42.     loc. 

T.  P.  JAMLS 

Under  Fire.  Eagle  No.  75.     loc. 

EMMA  GARRISON  JOXKS 

Lady  Ryhope's  Lover.  Select  No.  32.  25c. 

Terrible  Crime,  A.  Clover  No.  131.  25c. 

Wedded  for  an  Hour.  Eagle  No.  81.  loc. 

Will  She  Win.  Select  No.  8.  25c. 

RIDYARD  KIPLING 

Light  That  Failed,  The.  Arrow  No.  i.  loc. 

Phantom  'Rickshaw,  The.  "       12.  " 

Second  Rate  Woman,  A.  Daisy  No.    5.  5c. 

W.  B.  LAWSON 

Dal  ton  Boys  in  California,  The.       Secret  Service  No.  58.     25c. 

LEWIS  LEON 

Silver  Ship,  The.  Sea  and  Shore  No.    2.     25c. 

MRS.  HARRIET  LEWIS 

Belle  of  the  Season,  The.  Clover  No.  ^g.     25c. 

Heiress  of  Egremont,  The.  Select  No.  29.     25c. 

House  of  Secrets,  The.  Clover  No.  57.     25c. 

LUCY  C.  LILLIE 

Roslyns'  Trust.  Traymore  No.    4.     25c. 

ANNIE  LISLE 

Whose  Wife  is  She?  Select  No.  59.     25c. 

10 


JEAN  KATE  LUDLUM 

At  a  Girl's  Mercy.  Select  No.  40.     25c. 

That  Girl  of  Johnson's.  Traymore  No.    9.     25c. 

DONAJil)  J.  McKENZIE 

Under  His  Thumb.      •  Magnet  No.  28.     loc. 

Face  to  Face.  Secret  Service  No.  55.     25c. 

0.  3IAITLAXD 

Society  Detective,  The.  Magnet  No.  34.     loc. 

3IARLIXE  MANLEY 

Old  Specie.  ^  Magnet  No.  45.  loc. 

Poker  King,  The.  Shield  No.  25.  25c. 

Rube  Burrow's  League.  Secret  Service  No.  40.  25c. 

Vestibule  Limited  Mystery,  The.  Magnet  No.  57.  loc. 

CHARLES  T,  MANNERS 

Octavia's  Pride.       -  Select  No.  10.     25c. 

Silver  Brand,  A.  Traymore  No.  18.     25c. 

(  LEWENT  R.  MARLEY 

Richard  Forrest,  Bachelor.  Criterion  No.  16.     50c. 

Social  Meteor,  A.  Select  No.  105.  25c. 

FLORENCE  MARRYAT 

Her  Lord  and  Master.  Model  No.  13.     25c. 

Out  of  His  Reckoning.  Daisy  No.  25.       5c. 

CHARLES  MATTHEW 

Mabel  Seymour.  Secret  Service  No.  41.     25c. 

PROSPER  MERLMEE 
Carmen.  Drama  No.  15.     25c. 

DR.  MARK  MERRICK 
Great  Travers  Case,  The.  Magnet  No.  48.     loc. 

J.  M.  MERRILL 
Fair  Pioneer,  A.  Flag  No.    3.     25c. 

JEAN  MIDDLEMAS 

Maddoxes,  The. 

MRS.  ALEX. 

Bonnie  Dora. 
Bride  of  the  Tomb,  The. 
Brunette  and  Blonde. 
Crushed  Lily,  A. 
Dreadful  Temptation,  A. 
Dora  Tenney. 
Lillian,  My  Lillian. 
Little  Coquette  Bonnie 
Little  Southern  Beauty,  A. 
Old  Man's  Darling,  An. 


Arrow  No.  38. 

IOC. 

cYEIGH  MILLKR 

Clover  No.  118. 

25c. 

"         120. 

u 

49- 

(( 

-        71. 

(( 

*'         117. 

u 

Eagle  No.  64. 

IOC. 

Clover  No.  75. 

25c. 

Eagle  No.  43. 

IOC. 

25. 

(( 

Clover  No.  T19. 

25c. 

11 

A  monthly  publication  devoted  to  good  literature.     By  subscription,  $i.oo  per  year. 

November,  1898.      Entered  as  second-class  matter  at  New  York  Host-offlcc. 

Street  &  Smith,  81  Fulton  Street,  New  York. 


all's 


Vegetable 
Sicilian  . . 


Hair'K 


« 


enewer 


Restores  color  to  faded  or  gray  hair.     Makes  the  hair  grow. 
Stops  falling  of  the  hair.    Cures  dandruff.    Prevents  baldness. 

If  your  druggist  cannot  supply  you,  send  one  dollar  to  R.  P.  Hall  &  Co.,  Nashua,  N.  U.        I 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


■■JEC'D  tD-URL 
£     D£C26196d 

0EC241969 

rn    WEtTDtD-URD 

DRt    MAR  2  5  77 

SIAR241977 


Form  L9-Series  444 


Ui:4iV. 


^\ijirui\is^ 


LIB1:aKY 


3  1158  00068  3192 


t 


PLEA-r.  DO   NOT    REMOVE 
THIS   BOOK  CARD    , 

1 


^aojiwDJO'^ 


V? 


university  Research  Library 


